?l iR?- mm i ■■'/' ^^? m^ r- ••) 'J 'J (XhJ ^ THE GIFT OF ■\,!Sk: >=W=fl«.Ji .L.r)4.±5rA iij^Ji^:.. arY514 '^°"'*" ""'"^'^'^y Library ■par o.in,an^ ^^24 032 173 910 Cornell University Library The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924032173910 y i nnouncement Ube Completion of the Funk & Waqnalls Standard Dictionary OF THE English Language. Si To the Reviewer. A large pamphlet of 72 pages, with the title "-Announcement" ac- •ompanies this volume. This pamphlet is full of explanatory matter in- 'ended to assist reviewers in readily comprehending and verifying the iistinguishing features of the work. May we not ask you to examine •his pamphlet carefully? If for any reason it fails to reach you, please inform us and we shall take pleasure in sending a copy to the address that you may give. Yours most respectfully, FUNK &■ WAGNALLS COMPANY. NEW YORK: LONDON: TORONTO: 30 Lafayette Place. 44 Fleet Street. 11 Richmond Street W. Princeton College: John T. Duffield, D.D., LL.D., Professor of Mathematics: "It will be conspicuous among the enduring monuments of intellectual life at the close of the nineteenth century. . . . For comprehensiveness of vocabulary, accuracy of definition, judicious arrangement of material, instructive illustrations, and admirable typography, it is superior to any other work of its classs, and ere long will supersede tlicin, and be recognized as the Standard Dictionary. Nature, London, England, J. Norman Lockver, the celebrated astronomer, editor : " It passes the wit of man to suggest anything which ought to have been done that has not been done to make the dictionary a success." Announcement. Completed Work. THE FUNK & WAGNALLS Standard Dictionary OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE). It Embodies Many New Principles in Lexicography. It Contains 2,338 Pages; 5,000 Illustra- tions, Made Expressly for this Work ; 301,865 Vocabulary Terms, which is nearly two and one4ialf the number of Terms in any Single=volume Dictionary, and About 75,000 More than in Any Other Dictionary of the Lan- guage. 247 Editors and Specialists, and 500 Readers for Quotations were engaged upon this Work. It Cost Nearly One Million Dollars. ISAAC K. FUNK, D.D., Editor=in=Chief. FRANCIS A. MARCH, LL.D., L.H.D., DANIEL S. GREGORY, D.D., CONSULTING EDITOR. MANAGING EDITOR. ASSOCIATE EDIXORS: JOHN DENISON CHAMPLIN, M.A., ARTHUR E. BOSTWICK, Ph.D., ROSSITER JOHNSON, Ph.D., LL.D. EDITORIAL CORPS, See Pages 2-19. Reception of the DISTINGUISHING FEAJURES of the Work by Critics, See Pages 19-34. The editors (347) engaged upon the various departments of the Dictionary have been selected from the front rank of EngUsh and American scholars ; each is representative of all that is latest and most approved in his own field of exploration and research ; and each is an accepted authority in his sphere. From beginning to end, the Standard Dictionary is the v?ork of men thoroughly equipped in the schools of science, literarature, and art, and of experts in all handicrafts and trades. It seems neither extravagant nor invidious to claim that no more capable and vigorous body of vporkers, in touch with the spirit and movement of the times, has ever been called to the making of a dictionary in any language. As has been well said, " This Dictionary is, in fact, the joint product of many minds, reflecting the whole scholarship of the present age.'' SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION. PRICBS : SINQLE=VOLUME EDITION. Half Russia, Full Russia, j With Denison's Patent Full Morocco, ( Ref"="« '"^ex. $13.00 14.00 18.00 TWO-VOLUME EDITION. Half Russia, Full Russia, ^ With Denison's Patent [ Full Morocco, \ R=f""« •■"'='<• \ $15.00 17.00 33.00 FUNK & WAGNALLS COMPANY 3«Sr.erp'iL. .XTsi. ..rSS TORONTO: I St. W. Qiarb 3, Dolley. ca Maurice Price. Brown University: President, E. Benjamin Andrews: "/ believe that tins dictionary essentially fulfils the high ideal of its projectors. It is an out^and'Out new product, and not, like our old dictionaries, the result of patch- ing and amendment, little by little, the different pieces often added by many, many minds." Editorial Staff. ISAAC K. FUNK, D.D., Editor4n> Chief. FRANCIS A. MARCH, LL.D., L.H.D., Consulting Editor. DANIEL S. GREGORY, D.D., Managing Editor. JOHN DENISON CHAMPLIN, M.A., "j ROSSITER JOHNSON, Ph.D., LL.D., 1- Associate Editors. ARTHUR E. BOSTWICK, Ph.D., ABORIGINAL TERMS. Daniel G. Brinton, M.D., D.Sc. LL.D., Professor of American Arclieology and Linguistics, University of Pennsylvania. ANATOMY. Frank Baker, M.D,, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy, Georgetown University ; Honorary Curator of Anatomy, U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institution. ANGLO=:AFRICAN TERMS. Henry M, Stanley, Author of "In Darkest Africa," etc. ANGLO=INDIAN AND SPANISH^AMERICAN TERMS. John W. Palmer, M.D., One of the Editorial Staff of the " Century Dictionary "; Author of "Up and Down the Irrawaddi," "The New and the Old," "After his Kind," etc. ANTHROPOLOGY, Otis Tufton Mason, M.A., Ph.D., Curator of the Department of Ethnology, U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institution. Arthur E. Bostwick, Ph.D., Formerly Instructor in Physics, Yale University; late Assistant Editor of " The Forum," New York. Associate Editor in Physics; Arthur L. Kimball, Ph.D., Professor of Physics, Amherst College. AUSTRALIAN TERMS. Edward E. Morris, M.A., Professor of English, French, and German, University of Mel- bourne, Australia. BACTERIOLOGY. T. Mitchell Prudden, M.D., Professor of Pathology, Director of the Laboratories of Pathology, Histology, and Bacteriology, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia College. Associate ARCHEOLOGY, HERALDRY, ETC. John Denison Champlin, M.A., Editor of "The American Cyclopaedia"; Editor of the ■Cyclopaedia of Painters and Paintings," "Cyclopsedia of Music and Musicians," etc. ART AND ARCHITECTURE. Thomas W. Ludlow, M.A., [From A to S.] Secretary of the Managing Committee of American School of Classical Studies at Athens; one of the Editorial Staff of the "Century Dictionary." William R. Ware, [From S to Z.] Professor of Architecture, Columbia College. De- ASTRONOMY, MATHEMATICS, AND PHYSICS. Simon Newcomb, Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Superintendent of the "Nautical Almanac," U. S. Navy partment; Professor of Mathematics and Astron- omy, Johns Hopkins University. Frank H. Bigelow, M.A., Professor of Meteorology, U. S. Weather Bureau; formerly Assistant at Cordova Observatory, and Professor of Mathematics, Racine College. BIBLICAL TERMS. William R. Harper, Ph.D., D.D., President of the University of Chicago and Head Professor of Semitic Languages; formerly Professor of the Semitic Languages and Professor of Bib- lical Literature, Yale University. Robert Francis Harper, Ph.D., [From A to G.] Associate Professor of Semitic Languages, University of Chicago. Ira Maurice Price, B.D., Ph.D., [From H to Z.] Associate Professor of Semitic Languages and Literature, Uni- versity of Chicago. BIOLOGICAL TERMS (Special). Frederick Starr, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology, and Curator of the Museum, University of Chicago. Charles S. Dolley, M.D., Professor of Biology, University of Pennsylvania. BOTANY. Frank H. Knowlton, M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Botany, Columbian University; Assistant Curator of Botany, ij. S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institution. W. Nevin Geddes, M.A., Ph.D., Formerly Professor of Mathematics, Astronomy, etc., Hanover College. Erwin F. Smith, D.S. (Mycology), Assistant in Division of Vegetable Pathology, U. S. Department of Agriculture. [OYEB.] Hon. Justin IVIcCartliy, Member of the House of Commons, and the famous Irish Historian : "/ regard it as a monumental work — a work perfect of its kind. . . . Destined to be a conclusive authority for the English-speaking people for many generations to come." 3 rreclcrickSauiider.s. ^^Ul«,l3V\^^■ DeiLUMi J. Loisiiuj,. Notes and Queries, London, England : "// is very greatly in advance of any dictionary of its class in either England or A uierica, and is gladly recommended to all who need a dictionary. It is a work of great value and authority, and does infinite credit to all concerned in its production." BOTANY— Continued. Walter T. Swingle (Mycology, C to H), Assistant in Division of Vegetable Pathology, U. S. Department of Agriculture. David White (Paleozoic Flora), Assistant Paleontologist, U. S. Geological Survey. BUDDHISTIC TERMS (Special). F. Max Miiller, LL.D., Professor of Comparative Philology, Oxford University, England. BUILDING=STONES. George P. Merrill, M.S., Ph.D., Curator of Geology, U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institu- tion; Author of " Stones for Building and Decoration." CHEMISTRY. Robert Ogden Doremus, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Chemistry, Toxicology, and Medical Jurisprudence, Bellevue Hospital Medical College, and of Chemistry and Physics, College of the City of New York. Marcus Benjamin, Ph.D., F.C.S., Late Chemist U. S. Laboratory, Port of New York, and Special Agent of U. S. Geological Survey; Member of the Society of Chemical Industry, London. CHURCH TERMS (General). Samuel Macauley Jackson, D.D., LL.D., Editor of " A Concise Dictionary of Religious Knowledge." COLORS (Scientific Formulas). William Hallock, B.A., Ph.D., Phar.D., and Reginald Gordon, B.A., Of the Department of Physics, Columbia College. DEAF-MUTE TERMS. Alexander Graham Bell, Ph.D., President of the American Association to Promote the Teaching of Speech to the Deaf. ECONOMICS. Charles A. Tuttle, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Economy and International Law, Amherst College. ELECTRICITY. Ralph Wainwrlght Pope, Secretary of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers; Editor of "Electric Power," New York. ETYMOLOGY. Francis A. March, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of English Literature, Lafayette College. Gerhard H. Balg, Ph.D., Assistant on Germanic words from A to G; Author of the " Gothic Glossary," "The First Germanic Bible," etc. Professoi GEOLOGY. Nathaniel S. Shaler, D.S., of Geology, Harvard University, and Dean of Law- rence Scientific School. William B. Dwight, M.A., Professor of Natural History and Curator of the Museum, Vassar College. GREEK (Terms directly from). Charles Forster Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Greek Language and Literature, Vanderbilt Univer- sity. HANDICRAFT OR TRADES TERMS. Robert Grimshaw, M.E., Ph.D., Author of " Steam Engine Catechism," " Locomotive Catechism, " Hints to Power Users," " Hints on House Building," etc. HISTORY (General), RHETORIC, ETC. James A. Harrison, LL.D., L.H.D., Editor of "Beowulf" and of "An Anglo=Saxon Dictionary' Author of "French Syntax," etc.; Professor Modern Languages and English, Wash- ington and Lee University. of HISTORY (American). Benson J. Lossing, LL.D., Author of "The Pictorial Field Book of the Revolution," ' torial History of the Civil War," etc. [Dr. Lossing's work for this department was completed before his death. — Publishers.] Pic- IRRIGATION. Louis G. Carpenter, M.S., Professor of Irrigation Engineering, Colorado Agricultural Col- lege; President of the American Society of / Irrigation Engineers. LAW (General). Hon. John Bassett Moore, Late Third Assistant Secretary 'of State, U. S.; Professor of International Law and Diplomacy, Columbia College; Author of Works on " Extradi- tion," " Extraterritorial Crime," etc. Hon. Isaac J. Allen, M.D., LL.D., ExsPresident of Belmont College; Late U. S. Consul at Hong- kong, China. LAW (Constitutional). Hon. Thomas M. Cooley, LL.D., Professor of Law, University of Michigan; late Chairman of Inter- FINANCIAL AND COMMERCIAL TERMS. Albert Clark Stevens, Editor of " Bradstreet's," New York. GEMS AND PRECIOUS STONES. George Frederick Kunz, Gem=expert with Messrs. Tiffany & Co., New York; Special Agent of U. S. Geological Survey and of Eleventh U. S. Census; Honorary Special Agent of Mines and Mining, World's Columbian Exposition. state Commerce Commission; Author of stitutional Limitations," etc. ' Con- Alexis C. Angell, Editor of 6th edition of Cooley's "Constitutional Limitations." LAW (International). Hon. Edward J. Phelps, LL.D., Professor of Law, Yale University; Ex»Minister to Great Britain; etc. LIBRARY TERMS (Special). Frederick Saunders, M.A., Chief Librarian, Astor Library, New York. [over.] Johns Hopkins University: William Hand Browne, M.D., Professor of English Literature: all similar works. . . . It has already been installed as the household oracle." 5 "//* surpasses C-GMillc>"- University of Pennsylvania: Prof. D. G. Brinton, M.D., D.Sc, LL.D.: "Its luminous arrangement impresses nie more and more the longer I have it by inc. . . . It cannot fail to command the approval and admiration of the enlightened English-speaking people the world over!' LIBRARY TERMS— Continued. Frank Weitenkampf, Assistant Librarian, Astor Library, New York. LITERATURE. Rossiter Johnson, Ph.D., LL.D., Editor of " Appleton's Annual Cycloptedia " and of "Little Classics." Francis Hovey Stoddard, M.A., Professor of English Language and Literature, University of the City of New York. MEDICINE. Frank P. Foster, M.D., Editor of " The New York Medical Journal" and of "An Ency- clopaedic Medical Dictionary." METALLURGY. William H. Pettee, M.A., Professor of Mineralogy, Economic Geology, and Mining En- gineering, University of Michigan. METEOROLOGY. Mark W. Harrington, M.A., LL.D., Chief of U. S. Weather Bureau. MILITARY TERMS. Oliver O. Howard, M.A., LL.D., Major-General U. S. Army; Chevalier of the Legion of Honor. MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPHY. George Huntington Williams, Ph.D., Professor of Inorganic Geology, Johns Hopkins University. William G. Brown, Ph.D., Bayly Professor of General and Applied Chemistry, Washington and Lee University. MUSIC. Anton Seidl, Conductor of the Metropolitan Orchestra. Laura C. Holloway=Langford, President of the Brooklyn Seidl Society. William J. Henderson, M. A., Music Critic of " The New York Times." NAVAL AND NAUTICAL TERMS. Rear=Admiral Stephen B. Luce, U. S. Navy, President of the U. S. Naval Institute. PACIFIC SLOPE (Terms peculiar to). Hubert H. Bancroft, Author of " The History of the Pacific States," etc. PEDAGOGY. Hon. Emerson E. White, LL.D., Ex=President of Purdue University. Thomas Hughes, S.J., Late Professor of Philosophy, St. Louis University; Author of " Loyola and the Educational System of the Jesuits." POMOLOGICAL TERMS. Arthur A. Crozier, M.S., Late Secretary of the American Pomological Society. PSYCHO.PHYSICAL TERMS. George T. Ladd, D.D., Professor of Moral Philosophy and Metaphysics, Yale University. SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION. Francis A. March, LL.D., L.H.D.. Professor of English Language and Comparative Philology, Lafayette College. STATISTICS. Hon. Carroll D. Wright, U. S. Commissioner of Labor. TEXTILE TERMS. Emanuel A. Posselt, Consulting Expert in Textile Designing and Manufacturing; Author of " Technology of Textile Designs," etc.; Editor of "Textile Record of America," Philadelphia, Pa. THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY. Daniel S. Gregory, D.D., ExsPresident of Lake Forest University; Author of "Christian Ethics," "Why Four Gospels?" etc. ZOOLOGY. Theodore N. Gill, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Zoology, Columbian University. Ernest IngersoU, Author of Reports to U. S. Government on the Oyster Industries, and many books on American Zoology and of Travel. John E. Fleming, New York City. Leland O. Howard, (Special Definitions in the Morphological Branch of Entomology), Chief of the Division of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agri- culture. OTHER DEPARTMENTS. ANIMAL LOCOMOTION. Eadweard Muybridge, University of Pennsylvania. APIARY TERMS. C. C. Miller, M.D., Marengo, 111. CHESS. W. Steinitz, Editor of " The International Chess Magazine," New York; Author of " The Modern Chess Instructor." COMPOUND WORDS. F. Horace Teall, Author of " The Compounding of Engljsh Words" and " English [ovEn.] Compound Words and Phrases." Tlie Athenaeum, London : "Its vocabulary is the most encyclopedic that has ever been compiled. . . . Its treat- ment of compounds is systematic. . . . The editor has achieved a highly creditable measure of success." 7 Rasmus 5.Anden5on csCfernal' J.b.Killebrev. Oxford University, England: Prof. J. A. H. Murray, LL.D., Editor of the great Murray (Oxford) Dictionary : " The introduction of the phonetic clement in the Standard is a desirable recognition of the need of reformed spelling, and Prof. F. A. March's editorship of this department is everything that could be asked for T CRITICAL WORK ON PRESS.PROOFS, ETC. Zenas W. Bliss, One of the "Webster's International Dictionary " Corps. CROSS=REFERENCES, FORM, ETC. Frank H. Vizetelly, Chevalier of the Order of Franz Josef; Assistant Editor of " Home and Country Magazine," New York. [Also compiled the table given at wine.] DIALECTAL AND OBSOLETE WORDS, ETC. Walter S. Wilson, Assistant Editor of "The Memorial History of the City of New York." ECLECTIC SYSTEM OF MEDICINE. Alexander Wilder, M.D., Secretary of the National Eclectic Medical Association; Member of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. EGYPTIAN TERMS. Amelia B. Edwards, L.H.D., [Miss Edvvard's work for this department was completed before her death. — Publishers.] ETYMOLOGY (Office Editor). George S. Horn, M.A. FRONTIER TERMS (U. S.). Emma Ghent Curtis, Author of " The Fate of a Fool." "The Administratrix,'' etc. HOMEOPATHIC SYSTEM OF MEDICINE. Timothy F. Allen, M.D., LL.D., Dean, Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, New York Homeopathic College. ILLUSTRATIONS AND FIELD=SPORTS. Ernest IngersoU. JAPANESE CERAMICS. Edward S. Morse, M.A., Ph.D., Formerly Professor of Zoology Imperial University of Tokyo, Japan. MYSTICAL PHILOSOPHY, THEOSOPHY, ETC. C. H. A. Bjerregaard, Formerly Professor in Fredericia College, Denmark; Librarian, Astor Library, New York. PHOTOGRAPHY. Frederick C. Beach, Editor of " The American Amateur Photographer '' ; Photographic Editor of "The Scientific American," New York. PHRENOLOGY. Albert Turner, Of the " Phrenological Journal," New York. POSTAL TERMS. Wilking B. Cooley, Ex=Chief Clerk U. S. Post=Office Department. POULTRY. George E. Peer, Secretary and Treasurer of the American Poultry Association. QUOTATIONS. (Selecting) Miss Eliza Medhurst Wiley, Formerly Teacher of Music, Vassar College; Translator of " Tausig= Ehrlich Technics." (Locating) Mrs. Henry E. Thomson. REVIEW OF SPECIALISTS' CORRECTIONS ON PROOFS; ASSISTANT GENERAL OFFICE EDITOR. William Roderick Cochrane, Formerly Assistant Editor of the " St. Nicholas Magazine," New York; one of the "Century Dictionary " Corps. SCANDINAVIAN MYTHOLOGY, ANTIQUITIES, AND HIS- TORY. Rasmus B. Anderson, M.A., LL.D., Formerly Professor of Scandinavian Languages and Literature, University of Wisconsin; Ex=Minister to Denmark. SCOTTISH TERMS. Rev. William Wye Smith, Editor of " The Canadian Independent," Canada. SEMI=POLITICAL AND SEMI=£CONOMIC TERMS OF GREAT BRITAIN. Alfred R. Dryhurst, Of the British Museum, England. SHAKESPEARIAN NAMES (Pronunciation of, in Appendix). W. J. Rolfe, M.A., D.L. SOCIALISM. Laurence Gronlund, Author of " The Co-operative Commonwealth," etc. SOUTH=AFRICAN TERMS. Miss Anna E. Bliss, Huguenot Seminary, Cape Colony, South Africa. SPECIAL LITERARY CRITIC. Alfred Ayres. SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION (Office Editor). Mrs. Emma Fiske Roberts, M.A. SYNONYMS, ANTONYMS, AND PREPOSITIONS. Rev. James C. Fernald, Author of "The Economics of Prohibition" and "The New Womanhood." THEATRICAL TERMS. Harrison Grey Fiske, Editor of " The Dramatic Mirror," New York. THEOSOPHIC TERMS (Special). William Q. Judge, General Secretary of the American Section of the Theosophical Society. TOBACCO. J. B. Killebrew, M.A., Ph.D., Special U. S. Government Expert, loth Census. UNIVERSITY DEGREES. Flavel S. Thomas, LL.D. [OVFR.I Smithsonian Institution : Dr. G. Brown Goode, Assistant Secretary : " ... It luill be to words what we hope the National Museum zvill some day become to concrete things. The arrangement of definitions is very like that which we have found so admirably serviceable at the Museum lately!' 9 '^'OiTfEn^^ Harvard University: Late Prof. Andrew Preston Peabody, DD., LL.D.: " Will prove of invaluable service, and will last while the English language remains essentially unchanged. It may need supplements, but will not need to be rewritten for three or four generations T WINES AND SPIRITS. George B. Sadler, Of " Bonfort's Wine and Spirit Circular," New York. YACHTING. W. P. Stephens, Yachting and Canoeing Editor of "Forest and Stream," New York. CHURCH TERMS (Denominational). BAPTIST. H. L. Wayland, D.D., Editor of "The National Baptist," Philadelphia, Pa. BRETHREN (Dunker). H. B. Brumbaugh, President of Brethren's Normal College. CHRISTIAN. J. J. Summerbell, Secretary of " The American Christian Convention,'' Lewisburg, Pa. CONGREGATIONAL. A. E. Dunning, D.D., Editor of " The Congregationalist," Boston, Mass. DISCIPLES OF CHRIST. J. H. Garrison, M.A., Editor of "The Christian Evangelist," St. Louis, Mo. EPISCOPAL. Thomas Richey, S.T.D., Professor of Ecclesiastical History, General Theological Seminary, New York. EVANGELICAL ASSOCIATION. S. P. Spreng, Editor of " The Evangelical Messenger," Cleveland, Ohio. FRIENDS. Edward H. Magill, LL.D., Professor of French Language and Literature, and Ex=President of Swarthmore College. JEWISH. Abram S. Isaacs, Ph.D., Professor of German and Hebrew, University of the City of New York; Editor of "The Jewisli Messenger," New York. LATTER=DAY SAINTS (Mormons). J. E. Talmage, D.Sc.D., Ph.D., President of the University of Utah. LUTHERAN. E. J. ■Wolf, D.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary, Gettysburg, Pa. MENNONITE. John F. Funk, President of the "Mennonite Publishing Company," Elkhart, Ind. METHODIST. Arthur Edwards, D.D., Editor of the " Northwestern Christian Advocate," Chicago, 111. MORAVIAN. J. Taylor Hamilton, Resident Professor, Moravian Theological Seminary. PRESBYTERIAN. Francis L. Patton, D.D., LL.D., President of the College of New Jersey (Princeton). REFORMED. T. ■W. Chambers, D.D., LL.D., New York. REFORMED (German). John S. Stahr, Ph.D., D.D., President of Franklin and Marshall College. REFORMED EPISCOPAL CHURCH. Bishop Charles Edward Cheney, D.D., Chicago, 111. ROMAN CATHOLIC. Rene I. Holaind, S.J., Professor of Ethics, Woodstock College; Lecturer on Natural and Canon Law, Georgetown University. SPIRITUALISM. H. B. Storer, M.D., President of the " Onset Bay Grove Association," Boston, Mass. SWEDENBORGIAN. J. C. Ager, Secretary and Manager of the " American Swedenborgian Publishing Society," Brooklyn, N. Y. UNITARIAN. Minot J. Savage, Church of the Unity Study, Boston, Mass. UNITED BRETHREN. G. A. Funkhouser, D.D., Senior Professor, Theological Seminary, Dayton, Ohio. UNITED PRESBYTERIAN. James Harper, D.D., LL.D., President of Theological Seminary, Xenia, Ohio. UNIVERSALIST. I. M. Atwood, D.D., President of Canton Theological School. NEW WORDS. (Committee of Reference.) Hon. Charles A. Dana, LL.D., New York. Edward Everett Hale, D.D., Boston, Mass. [oyer.] The Liverpool Daily Post, Liverpool, England : "// is an implement that will be of vast service to those who cultivate the literary arts on either side of the Atlantic. It is a monument to American industry, no less than the Great White City by Lake Michigan." 11 '!> Compbc The Saturday Review, London: "All the mechanical equipment of the dictionary is excellent, and in substantial merit we think it decidedly preferable to the much^advertised Century ; it is also more compact" Charles C. Bonney, President, The World's Congress Auxiliary of the World's Columbian Exposition, Chicago: ''The Standard Dictionary is one of the most remarkable books ever constructed; a veritable marvel of painstaking genius. Its comprehensiveness is equaled only by its compactness and lucidity." NEW WORDS. (Committee of Reference) — Continued. James Ormsbee Murray, D.D., LL.D., Dean of the College of New Jersey (Princeton). Julius H. Seelye, S.T.D., LL. D., ExsPresident of Amherst College. Edward S. Sheldon, of Harvard University (for A). William C. Wilkinson, D.D., of the University of Chicago (except A). ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON DISPUTED SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION. J. H. Allen, D.D., Cambridge, Mass. Melville B. Anderson, M.A., Professor of English Literature, Leiand Stanford, Junior University. E. Benjamin Andrews, D.D., LL.D., President of Brown University. Alfred Ayres, Author of " The Orthoepist," " The Verbalist," etc. Cecil F. P. Bancroft, Ph.D., LL.D., L.H.D., Principal of Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass. W. M. Baskervill, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of English Language and Literature, Vander- bilt University. Hon. H. M. Birdwood, M.A., LL.D., I.C.S., C.S.I., Member of Council of Governor of Bombay; late VicesChancellor, University of Bombay, India. James S. Blackwell, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Semitic and Modern Languages, University of Missouri. William Hand Browne, M.D., Professor of English Literature, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity. Nicholas Murray Butler, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy, Ethics, and Psychology, Columbia College; Editor of "The Educational Review," Nevir York. Lewis Campbell, M.A,, LL.D., Emeritus Professor of Greek, University of St. An- drews, Scotland. William H. Carpenter, Ph.D., Adjunct Professor of Germanic Languages and Litera- tures, Columbia College. William Clark, M.A., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.C, Professor of Philosophy, Trinity College, Canada. Moncure D. Conway, M.A., L.H.D., F.A.S., London, England. Albert S. Cook, Ph.D., L.H.D., Professor of English Language and Literature, Yale University. John Currie, D.D., Professor of Hebrew and Old Testament Exegetics, Presbyterian College, Nova Scotia. Jame Wood Davidson, M.A., Washington, D. C. M. Scheie De Vere, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Modern Languages, University of Vir- ginia. Melvil Dewey, M. A., Secretary of the University of the State of New York. Edward Dowden, Lit.D., LL.D., D.C.L., Professor of English Literature, University of Dublin, Ireland. [ovEl;.] William C. Winslow, D.D., LL.D., L.H.D., Sc.D., Archeologist, Boston: ''The Standard Dictionary for the price is ivithout exception the most comprehensive and useful ivork of its kind in our language, and every public and tens of thousands of private libraries will place it on their reference shelves." Prof. Clement L. Smith, LL.D., Dean of Harvard University, and Professor of Latin: "The plan appears to me admirable. . . . Placing tlie etymology after the definition is so obvious an improvement that one now wonders why it was not thought of before. I anticipate great satisfaction from the use of this ivork for many years to come." 13 '^^^criiiSw'^'^ -^ VI ^5^:v^ ^%^^-5^^M- V The Examiner and Times, London, England : "... The dictionary is the work of men thoroughly equipped in the scliool of seience, literature, and art. . . . It is destined to hold a prominent place for years to come!' ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON DISPUTED SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION— Continued. Patterson DuBois, Assistant Editor of "The Sunday School Times," Philadelphia, Penn.; late Assistant Assayer of the U. S. Mint; a Curator of the American Philosophical Society, etc. John Earle, M.A., Professor of Anglo=Saxon, University of Oxford, England. H. Ethe, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Oriental and Modern Languages, Uni- versity College of Wales, Aberystwith. Henry Evans, D.D., M.R.I.A., Commissioner of National Education in Ireland; Examiner for the Board of Intermediate Education, Dublin, Ireland. J. G. Fitch, LL.D., Department of Education, London, England. Horace Howard Furness, Ph.D., LL.D., L.H.D., Philadelphia, Pa. John W. Hales, M.A., Professor of English Language, King's College, London, England. flon. William T. Harris, Ph.D., LL.D., U. S. Commissioner of Education. Thomas S. Hastings, D.D., LL.D., President and Brown Professor of Sacred Rhetoric, Union Theological Seminary, New York. Thomas Wentvyorth Higginson, M.A., Author of "Atlantic Essays," "Larger History of the United States,'' etc. James K. Hosmer, Ph.D., Public Librarian, Minneapolis, Minn. G. H. Hovyison, LL.D., Mills Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy and Civil Polity, University of California. Theodore 'W. Hunt, Ph.D., Lit.D., Professor of English, College of New Jersey (Prince- ton). Richard Claverhouse Jebb, LL D . Professor of Greek, University of Cambridge, England. Herrick Johnson, D.D., LL.D., Professor of Homiletics and Pastoral Theology, McCormick Theological Seminary., William Preston Johnston, LL.D., President of Tulane University. Edward S. Joynes, M.A., LL.D., Professor of Modern Languages, South Carolina College. Brainerd Kellogg, M.A., LL.D., Professor of English Language and Literature, Poly- technic Institute, Brooklyn, N., Y. F. G. Kenyon, M.A., Of the British Museum ; Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford, England. E. Ray Lankester, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Professor of Anatomy, University of Oxford; Fellow of Merton College, and Honorary Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford, England. Edward E. Morris, M.A., Professor in University of Melbourne, Australia. Cyrus Northrop, LL.D., President of the University of Minnesota. Hon. R. G. Oxenham, M.A. (Oxford), Member Legislative Council, Acting Director Public Instruction, Bombay, India. H. M. Percival, M.A., Professor of English Literature, Presidency College, Calcutta, India. Alfred H. Reynar, M.A., LL.D., Dean of Faculty of Arts, Professor of Modern Lan- guages and English Literature, Victoria University, Canada. J. E. Sandys, Lit.D., Fellow and Tutor of St. John's College and Public Orator, University of Cambridge, England. A H. Sayce, D.D., LL.D., Professor of Assyriology and Fellow of Queen's Col- lege, Oxford, England. George W. Smalley, London, England. Clement L. Smith, LL.D., Professor of Latin, Harvard University. [OVBK.] The New Yoric Herald : ''We are free to pronounce it the most complete and most satisfactory dictionary yet printed" 15 •^rjAD-Ald^^' b.r.VmW A. G. Wilkinson, Ij.A., M.D., Ph.D., Principal Examiner U. S. Patent Office, formerly Professor of Languages, University of Missouri r ''The general arrangement of matter is so vastly superior that I can hardly say enough in ttsprats^. . . T congratulate the editors on the most perfect dictionary ever made in any language." ADVISORY COMMITTEt ON DISPUTED SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION— Continued. Goldwin Smith, D.C.L., Ll.D., etc., Late Regius Professor of Modern History, University of Oxford, England ; Lecturer in English and Con- stitutional tlistory, Cornell University. Calvin Thomas, M.A., Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature University of Michigan. Henry A.Todd, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Philology, Columbia College. Emil J. Trechmann, M.A., Ph.D., Lecturer on Modern Literature, University of Sydney, Australia. Bishop John H. Vincent, D.D., LL.D., Chancellor of Chautauqua, U. S. William Hayes Ward, D.D., LL.D., Superintending' Editor of "The Independent," New York ; President of the American Oriental Society. Arthur M. Wheeler, M.A., LL.D., Professor of History, Yale University. Frances E. Willard, President of the World's and National Women's Christian Temperance Union. APPENDIX: BIOGRAPHICAL, GEOGRAPHICAL, SCRIPTURAL NAMES, ETC.; NOTEId NAMES OF FICTION; PSEUDONYMS; ETC. (Under a single alphabet). Titus Munsoh Coan, M.A., M.D. FAULTY DICTION. M. Scheie tftVere, Ph.D., LL.D. (Ai,sp Editor of Americanisms), Professor of Modern Languages, University of Virginia. FOREIGN PHRASES. William Cleaver Wilkinson, D.D. Professor of Poetry and Criticism, University of Chicago. A PARTIAL LIST OF OTHERS EMPLOYED ON THE STANDARD DICTIONARY. Mrs. A. D. Alden, Of the " Century Dictionary " Corps ; formerly Teacher of Rhetoric and English Literature, New York State Normal College. Miss Mary L. Avery, Of the " Century Dictionary " Corps. O. C. Blackmer, Chicago, 111. John H. Boner, Of the " Century Dictionary" Corps. Thomas Campbell«Copeland, Editor and Statistician, special work on the Eleventh U. S. Census, etc. Charles H. Cochrane, Author of "Artistic Homes, and How to Decorate Them," etc. Maria Ewing [Martin], Yonkers, N. Y. Miss Amanda M. Flattery, M.A., Formerly Professor of Languages, Del Norte College. Benjamin F. Funk, Chief of the Clerical Division. George D. Gable, M.A., Ph.D., Tutor in Mathematics and Latin, Lafayette College. Edward J. Hamilton, D.D., Formerly Professor of Logic and Metaphysics, Hamil- ton College. Frank H. Howe, New York. Frank Huntington, New York. Day Otis Kellogg, D.D., Formerly Professor of English Literature and History, Kansas State University ; Editor of the Stoddard ,. Edition of the " Encyclopaedia Britannica." James E. Learned, Lecturer on English, Columbia College. Rev. Chas. E. Little, Horticultural Terms. John M. W. Moody, Turner, Me. Franklin Noble, D.D., Of the staff of Revisers of the "America Cyclopaedia." Henry Webster Parker, D.D., Formerly Professor of Chemistry and Natural His- tory, Iowa College ; Honorary Conesponding Mem- ber, Philosophical Society, Great Britain, etc. Rev. George W. Plack, Oceanus, N. Y. Louis Prang, L. Prang & Co., Lithographers, Boston. Richard H. Richardson, D.D., New York. T. H. Roberts, Brooklyn, N. Y. Rev. William C. Stiles, Jackson, Mich. Elford E. Treffry, Of the " Century Dictionary " Corps. Ralph O. Williams, Author of "Our Dictionaries"; one of the "Web- ster's International Dictionary" Corps. Rev. Robert B. Youngman, Ph.D., Professor of Greek Language and Literature, Lafay- ette College. OFFICERS OF FUNK & WAGNALLS COMPANY. I. K. Funk, President. A. W. Wagnalls, Vice=President and Treasurer. R. J. Cuddihy, Secretary and General Manager. Cambridge University, England: Prof. J. E. Sandys, Lit.D.: "It is an admirable work and deserves to become famous on both sides of the Atlantic." 17 The Literary World, London, England: ''The complete work is a new testimony to the full and careful scholarship of the brilliant A merican school of philology that is one of the chief literary fin=de>siccle glories of the English race beyond the Atlantic." Oxford University, England : Prof. J. A. H. Murhat, Editor of the great Murray (Oxford) Dictionary : " The introduction of the phonetic ele- ment in the Standard is a desirable recognition of the need of reformed spelling, and Prof. F. A. March's editorship of this department is everything that could be asked for." Prop. A. Sayce: "It will deserve all of the encomia passed upon it.'' Harvard University: Peof. N. S. Shaler : "The Standard Dictionary vrill remain an enduring monument to the labor of its editors. I believe that it will cqme into general use in this community.'' Prof. Andrew Preston Peabody, formerly also Editor of The North American Review : " This Dictionary will prove of invaluable service, and will last while the English language remains essentially unchanged. It may need supplements, but will not need to be rewritten for three or four generations." Princeton College : Frauois L. Patton, President : " I congratulate the edi- tors very sincerely upon this valuable contribution to EngUsh lexicography." Prof. John T. Duffield : " For comprehensiveness of vocabulary, accuracy in definition, judicious arrangement of material, instructive illustration, and admirable typography, it is superior to any other work of its class, and ere long will supersede them and be recognized as the Standard Dictionary." Prof. George Maoloskie : "I am satisfied that it will take its place as the best dictionary of our language." T. W. Hunt, Professor of English : "Will be the English people's word=book." University of Chicago: "W. C. Wilkinson, Professor of Poetry and Criticism: " An examination of this Dictionary brought me under the influence of great enthusiasm of delight, surprise, and admi- ration. The projectors have achieved a monumental success. , BIy confident impression is that the editors have produced the Standard Dictionary.'' Prof. Ira M. Price: "It's condensed comprehensive clearness puts it on the top round of the ladder. It's a gem in method, make up, and appearance. May it take the van as the legitimate leader of the dictionary world." Bro^vn University : B. Benjamin Andrews, President: "I believe that this Dictionary essentially fulfils the high ideal of its projectors. It is an out=and=out new product, and not, like our old diction- aries, the result of patching and amendment, little by little, the different pieces often added by many, many minds.'' Trinity College : Prof. Wiluam Clark, Toronto : "I have compared a good many articles with the corresponding ones in the best dictionaries I possess, and find them, in almost every case, fuller, clearer, and more satisfactory." Yale University: Timothy Dwight, President: "I value the Standard Dictionary very highly." Prof. A. M. Wheeler : " Clear, concise, accurate, com- prehensive ; at once scholarly and popular ; admirably ar- ranged, easy to consult ; a deUght to the eye and to the mind." Prop. Thomas D. Goodell: "Will certainly meet my daily needs better than any single=volume dictionary in exist- ence." Cambridge University, England : Walter W. Skeat, the eminent etymologist and Pro- fessor of Anglo=Saxon: "A spelling reform in the English language is certain to come, and Dr. March is a man thoroughly qualified to preside over this department of the Standard Dictionary.' Prof. J. E. Sandys: "It is an admirable work, and de- serves to become famous on both sides of the Atlantic." Johns Hopkins University: William Hand Browne, Professor of English Literature: " It surpasses all similar works." Prof. E. H. Spieker : "It deserves to become what it has been fittingly named, ' The Standard Dictionary of the Enghsh Language.' " Prof. George H. Williams : "I feel sure that it will find a wide field of usefulness." University of nichigan : Prop. Thomas M. Cooley, ex=Chairman Inter=State Com- merce Com. : "This system of compounding is a work of won- derful care and industry. . . . The Dictionary is accurate as well in the general principles it lays down as in the rules de- rived therefrom, and also in the application of those rales. ... I think the Dictionary justifies its name — Sta:n'daed." Prop. Calvin Thomas : " To say that I am pleased with the Standard is quite too weak an expression. I am dehghted. '' Columbia College : Prof. H. A. Todd: "I am exceedingly pleased with its fulness, condensation, accuracy, and completeness. Its me- chanical execution is a delight to the ai-tistic sense." Prof. H. Ogden Rood : " A valuable, elaborate, and ad- mirably illustrated Dictionary." Prof. E. D. Perry : " It is certainly a mine of informa- tion, wherein the inexhaustible treasures are most invitingly displayed to view." Amherst College : Prof. Arthur L. Kimball: "All that a first=rate dic- tionary should be. ... I expect to learn much from it in the future." Prof. Julius H. Seelye, ex=Pi-esident : "It is worthy of its name, and I congratulate the editors upon having so suc- cessfully attained their very high ideal." College of the City of Xcav Vork : Prop. R. Ogden Doremus : •■ It sparkles with nuggets of golden thoughts, and vnW prove a blessing to the civilized world." University of Pennsylvania : Prop. Daniel G. Brinton : "The luminous ai-rangement and excellent typogi-aphical display impress me more and more the longer I have the Standai-d Dictionai-y by me. . . . It cannot fail to command the approval and admiration of the enlightened English=speaking pubhc the world over." Prof. Eadweard JMltybridge : " It is the most important, useful, compact, and comprehensive dictionary in the English language," Smithsonian Institution : Dr. G. Brown Goode : "It will be to words what we hope the National Museum will some day become to concrete things." Prof. George P. Merrill : " It was not until I came to consult the Standard Dictionary that I realized the immense advantage of its method over that ordinai-ily pursued, giving first the definition of a word and afterward its derivation and synonyms.'' Prop. Charles A. White: "It is everything promised that it should be.'' Prop. W J McGee : " .Ulow me to express mv high ap- preciation of the splendid work. I hope, and fully expect, that it will quickly assume the placo implied bv its name throughout English-speaking countries.' _ Smithsonian Institution : G. Brown Goode, Assistant Secretary : -Although 7 have all the other dietiou artes, I turn to the Standard most frequently, since the fulness of its vocabulary, its compactness, and form make it exceedingly convenient as a ready reference book." 18 Nature, London, England, J. NoRMAN LOCKYER, the celebrated astronomer, editor: '' It passes the wit of man to suggest anything which ought to have been done that has not been done to make the dictionary a success." COMPIvKTED FUNK & WAGNALLS' Standard Dictionary "thb English Language Critics' Reception of the Distinguishing Features of the Work. We beg to announce the completion of the Funk & Wag- nails Standard Dictionary of the English Language. The work is issued iu two large quarto volumes, also in a single volume. As the publication is one of more than ordinary magnitude and importance, the foUowiag points, and comments upon these points, in Volume I., by critics in various Englishsspeak- ing countries, may be of interest : 1. IVearly five years were required to complete this work. 2. There were engaged in its production 247 office editors and specialists, also nearly 500 readers for quotations. Besides, some hundreds of other men and women have rendered effective service in various ways in the defining of words or classes of words. 3. As an indication of a determination to mal«e the Dictionary 'as complete and authoritative as possible (we trust that we may not offend good taste by say- ing it), we expended in its preparation nearly $1,000,000 before a single complete copy was ready for the market. 4. The vocabulary vrill be found extraordina- rily rich and full, and — although the rules for exclusion of useless words and phrases that were followed are most ex- acting (see Introductory, Vol. I., pp. vii, viii) — far exceeding that of any Dictionary that has preceded this. The following actual count of the vocabulary terms recorded under the letter "A" wiU show to what proportions the language has grown: Johnson Dictionary 2,886 Worcester Dictionary 6,983 Stormonth Dictionary 4,692 Webster (International) Dictionary 8,388 Century Dictionary 15,621 The Standard Dictionary 19,736 The full number of vocabulary terms in these Dictionaries for the entire alphabet is as follows: Johnson, 45,000; Sionnonlli, 50,000; WorcesUr, 105,000; 'Webster (Int«mational), 125,000; Century (six volumes, complete), 225,000; Stand- ard (by actual count), 301,865, exclusive of the Appendix, which contains 47,468 entries. Thousands of New Words. Among thousands of words here admitted for the first time in a general Dictionary are the following : academize coastem electricute or -ocute helioehromoscope acculturation cockalorum electricution or -oca- kodak (verb and noun) accusably conniption tion linotype achronism craps (game of chance) enhansive maiia aconic criminology epeolatry (used by pantata appendicitis delicatessen . O. W. Holmes) pharmacal cable-car Delsartian errancj^ populist calfish ' demote graciosity torup civicism electable hecastotheism votograph This list extends literally to scores of thousands. It is be- lieved that few of these words should be omitted, by any wise rule of exclusion, from a general Dictionary of the English language. When it is remembered that Dr. Samuel Johnson completed his famous Dictionary almost single-handed in eight years, and that its production cost only a few thousand pounds, the extraordinary gi-owth of the language and the enormous increase in the labor and the costliness of dictionary=making in the past fourteen decades will be somewhat apparent. It Appeals to the W^liole of tlie English-speaking Bace. Abundant and Original merits. The Daily Herald, Boston: "The growth of the language in its volume of words is almost beyond belief. . . . Thousands of words are here [in the Stand- ard] admitted for the first time in a general dictionary, and over 4,000 have come from the electrical development of the last few years. The space gained by thi-owing out obsolete words, or those which are of no practical value, has been many times occupied by the introduction of living words that should be found in a dictionary that appeals to the whole of the English-speaking race. . . . It is a work which is kept within practical limits. The bother of the Century is that it takes too much time to consult it, and the trouble with Webster's International is that, though it is always at hand, it does not always tell you what you want to know. The Standard occux>ies intermediate ground. It is surprisingly full of information on every point in which a dictionary ought to be strong, and it is so thoroughly systematized and so easily accessible that it can be consulted easily and satisfactorily. It has eminent usefulness as a school dictionary. . . . It is a monument of the highest char- acter which the publishers of this work have reared in honor of the English language. ... It is evident that in its preparation no pains have oeen spared to make it an authority in every department of knowledge, and It is plain that great care has -been exercised at every point to avoid the introduction of superfluous matter. It is an instance on a large scale where every unnecessary word has been taken out, and, where it has attempted to cover debatable ground, it has shown a wise judgment in reaching decisions. It will find its way everywhere by its abundant and original merits. " Very Numerous AVords and Plirases. Xhe Spectator, London : " Very numerous, . . are the scientific terms of almost every department of knowledge. Numerous also are the foreign words and phrases frequently met witli, unexplained, in the daily newspapers {chic, Bundesrath, clurbar, Jin de neck, etc., and even impi); as well as the little tags of Latin and French that are so useful to those who know neither language {genius loci, au courant, etc.; but where is copia verboriim ?) [In the Appendix under foreign phrases. Pubs, of S. D-l Further, like the Oxford, the present dictionary gives shelter to a good many harmless gutter=8nipes — cove, kid, bohby, cuss, ' cut your lucky,' and others, including the participle jigger'd in the impre- cation of Little Lord Fauntleroy's friend." W^ill Occupy the First Place for Many Years to Come. B. O. Flower, Editor of Tlie Arena, Boston : " It's superiority over other works of its class is seen in every characterizing feature of a dictionary, It is full and compreliensive on the one hand, and yet so carefully edited and arranged as to eliminate useless or unnecessary expressions. . . . The more I have examined this work the more have I been impressed with the belief that it will occupy the first place among dictionaries of the English'Speaking world for many years to come." A Distinct Advance. The Tribune, New York : "The student ot words has a right to expect that among all English dictionaries he will be able to find all words that meet him anywhere else. But it is physically impossible that one dictionary, even the most ample, should content him. ... A comparison with the Century Dictiohary leads to the inference that the Standard Dictionary has made a distinct advance in certain fields. There is a good collection of Anglo-Indian and Australian terms, and these are a growing feature of literature. The new dictionary is rich in terms peculiar to occultism and oriental religions." The Irish Times, Dublin: "Jt is a monument of American learning and industry, of the Standard Dictionary America may date a new period of the country's history T 19 From tlie publication Cambridge University, England: Walter W. Skeat, the eminent etymologist and professor of Anglo-Saxon : "A spelling reform in the English language is certain to come, and Dr. March is a man thoroughly qualified to pre- side over this department of the Standard Dictionary!' ^ The Best People's Dictionary. The Coiirant, Hartford, Conn. : " Thousands of new words have been admitted, such formations as 'electrocute,' 'linotype,' 'errancy," and 'Delsartian' being examples. . . . The Standard . . . marks a genuine advance in certain directions. In the first place, the definition immediately follows the word itself, the etymology being put next after; in an avowedly popular dictionary, this is certainly a sensible, practical improvement. . . . The work shows that a broad, progressive spirit has been exercised in regard of slang, while such a division as handicraft terms is thoroughly treated, all modern scientific additions receiving special attention. We have been pleased to find such neologisms in literary terminology as ' flctionist,' ' fictional,' and ' artistry ' included in the vocabulary. . . . This dictionary has decided advantages over its earlier rivals. It is sound in method, progressive in spirit, convenient in mechanical arrangement. ... It is the best people's dictionary tliat lias yet appeared." Tlie Most Complete and the Most Interesting. Bevue Sclentiflque, Paris, France: " In all probability the Standard Diction- ary will remain for many years the most complete and the most interesting of its class, that in which the definitions are most numerous and in which the vocabulary is most extended. Its success in English-speaking countries is un- doubted, and the foreigner reading English and having some experience with other dictionaries will certainly prefer the Standard Biotionart." Nothing liCft Undone. Nature, London, England : J. Norman Iioekyer, the celebrated astronomer, editor: "It passes the wit of man to suggest anything which ought to have been done that has not been done to make the dictionary a success." Mammoth. The Ijiverpool Daily Post, Liverpool, England: "It may be averred that the Great Lexicographer would have scorned to use the word 'mam- moth' to describe a dictionary, and a hundred and fifty years ago it would have been inexcusable. No other epithet suggests itself, however, as being so directly applicable to the Standard Dictionary, the first volume of which, printed in New York, has just been issued by the Funk & Wagnalls Company, of that city. A simple catalogue of the words used by the wel^nigh one hundred millions of the English-speaking peoples would be comprehensive in the widest sense. But when to the catalogue are added the definition and illus- tration of the words by quotations, according to the prolific plan of the Standard editors, at the head of whom is Isaac K. Funk, the bounds of mere comprehensiveness are broken, and a word expressive of greater dimensions is required. The sub-title states that the dictionary is constructed 'upon original plans, designed in the light of the most recent advances in knowledge,' and there is plentiful evidence of the modem spirit both in the highly organized scheme adopted and in the results as they appear in the volume itself. ... It is an implement tliat Avill be of vast service to those who cultivate the literary arts on either side of the Atlantic. It is a monument to American industry, no less than the Great White City by Lake Michigan. . . ." A Strong Point to Its Credit. The Independent, New York: "From the time the plan [of the Standard Dictionary] was brought to its full and systematic development, the work has been pushed with great energy. No expense and no pains have been spared. Collaboration has been carried to the utmost limits. Com- mittees of consultation and reference have been formed and kept at work for every sub-department. Every American scholar who was known to possess special knowledge or ability of a kind likely to be useful in such a dictionary, was to be taken into the collaboration, and the final result was to come forth the joint product of the linguistic learning and lexical scholarship of the age. "The result of the application of all this business energy and enterprise in the development of the dictionary has brought with it many advantages and resulted in certain gains which, when charged to the credit of the work as a whole, show it to be one of high utility and in certain imx>ortant re- spects superior to any of the other great works of pop- ular English lexicography. . . . "The vocabulary, to begin with, is extraordinarily full. ... A large hospitality in this matter may be a good fault, and much may be said for the rule the editors seem to have followed of giving a word the benefit of the doubt. Many of the new words are technical rather than colloquial, having come from the recent extension of the arts and sciences, a department of knowl- edge as to which lexical aid is much in request among ordinary readers. The Standard starts, on the whole, with a strong point to Its credit In tlie range and fulness of its vocabulary. It contains in all de- partments a great amount of good work of high utility and an immense amount of condensed encyclopedia. . . . Scholars and students of all grades luay use it with advantage. . . ." All Who Write Must Praise It Evermore. The Journal of Education, Boston, Mass.: "Upon the appearance of the prospectus the editor of the Journal said : ' If one-fourth that is fore- shadowed by the prospectus materializes in the Standard Dictionary, it will make the world its debtor, and all who write must praise it evermore.' The first volume has appeared, and four-fonrths of all that was prophesied has materialized ; all who read and write will b? its debtors. In thoroughness, completeness, accuracy, typography, style, and illustration, it challenges criticism and commands admiration. . . ." ^Vords Properly Characterized. The Scotsman, Edinburgh, Scotland: "In this age of 'great dictionaries it was to be expected that American enterprise wduld do its ' level best ' to produce the greatest. . . . The completed first volume — a massive and beautiful tome — has more claims on admiration than It Is possible to mention. In the number of its words, at least, this must rank as the fore- most of all our dictionaries. . . . Opinions may, indeed, differ as to the value of some of the words introduced, such as ' abusee,' ' aceusably,' or ' electly ' ; but there is good reason for giving a place to terms like 'kodak' and 'linotype,' which are here for the first time recognised as belonging to the English language. It must be remembered, too, that this is a dictionary of ' the speech and litera- ture of the English-speaking peoples,' and if it cdntains words that would make a purist shudder, it deceives no reader as to tfleir character or authority, but carefully states the fact when they are coUoqufal or of limited geographical distribution." . Most Brilliantly Exhausts the Growing liCxlcography. The Dally New^s, Chicago: " While the Standard Dictionary rakes no out-of- the-way idioms into its deftly cast net, it in every manner most brilliantly exhausts the growing lexicography of a language formed of alien roots and grafts and extensions." A Miracle of Combined Fulness and Condensation. W^ashlngton and liCe University: James A. JTnrrison, iX.B., £.H.Z>., Professor of Modem Languages and English: "The book far sur- passes my expectations, which were very high. It is a miracle of combined fulness and condensation.'^ W^ill Ere Iiong Supersede All Others. Princeton College, New Jersey: Jolin X. I>uffield, JO.It., XE.B., Professor of Mathematics: '• It will be conspictious among the enduring monii ments of intellectual life at the close of the nineteenth century. . . . For com- prehensiveness of vocabulary, accuracy of definition, judicious arrangement of material, instructive illustrations, and admirable typography, it is superior to any other work of its class, and ere long will supersede them, and be recognized as THE Standard Dictionary." B. D. Blackmore, the Englich Novelist: "The Standard Dictionary is most comprehensive and correct." AVilliam Black, the Scotch Novelist: " Admirably comprehensive and exact." A Conclusive Authority for Generations to Come. Hon. Justin McCarthy, Jlember of Parliament and the famous Irish Historian: "I refer to the Standard Dictionary every day — never once without feeling that it has given me a helping hand in my studies and in my writings. I regard it as a monumental work — a work perfect of its kind. . . . Destined to be a conclusive authority for the English-speaking people for many generations to come," High Praise from the Oxford University. Oxford University, England: .1. 11. Smjce, JD.D., LL.D., Professor of Comparative Philology: " Will deserve all the encomia passed upon it." The Title Fully Justilled. Charles E. Muuroe, S. B., P. C. S., formerly Chemist to the Torpedo Corps of the U. S. Navy: " I cannot speak in too high terms of praise of the fulness, accuracy, and completeness of the Standard Dictionary, or of the sumptu- ous manner in which the work i;? produced. Everything about the work fully justifies the title ' Standard ' so fitly given it." Preeminently a Dictionary for the Public. . W. Smalley, in the New York Tnbiine [London Correspondent] : " The English have given a friendly welcome to the Slandai-d Dictionary. The welcome is friendly notwithstanding the Auicrican origin of the book. . . . Criticism, whether general or special, does not call its utility in question, and if it did the public might be trusted to discover that this is precmiuently a dictionary for tlio public." The Boston Herald : "... It is a monument of the highest character which the publishers of this work Iiavc reared in honor of the English language. , . . It is surprisingly full of information on every point in which a dic- tionary ought to be strong. . . " 30 Henry M. Stanley, the African Explorer: "/^ comes nearest to my idea of a first-class dictionary.''' High Praise from Harvard. University. Harvard University: N. S. Slialer, D.S., Professor of Geology: "I am sure that the Standard Dictionary will remain an enduring monument to the la- bors of its editors, and believe that it will come into general use in this commu- nity." J. "W^ Palmer, M.D.: "I do not hesitate to say that the Standard Dictionary is triumphantly the best of all English word books. ... In its surprising com- pleteness arid accuracy it is without a peer." More and More Surprised. Purdue University; Son. E. M. White, XX.D., Ex-President: "I am delighted with the appearance of this first volume. Its mechanical qualities are excellent. The book opens as if it took delight in inviting inspection! The typography is clear and beautiful — superior work. I am more and more sur- prised at the number of Avords Included and the size and number of the illustrations. The merits of the dictionary grow on me." Scholarly, Accurate, Comprehensive. Vanderbllt University : W. M. Bashervill, M.A., Professor of Latin Language and Literature ; "It is a work which is by reason of its many ex- cellent features destined to win gi-eat popularity and success. It is mulium in parvo. Scholarly, scientific, accurate, comprehensive, full, it will meet the wants of all classes. It is easy to see that it will become the great single-volume dic- tionary of the English language." Will Take Its Place as the Best Dictionary of Our Ijanguage. Princeton College: Frof. George Macloshie, IiI^.D., D.Sc: "Am more than pleased with binding, paper, typography, and especially with the ful- ness and accuracy of the information which it conveys. In my own department of science [Biology] I see that it is well up to date, and that its definitions are clear and perfectly reliable; and I am satisfied that it will take its place as the best dictionary of our language." A Delight to the Artistic Sense. Columbia College : Benry A. Todd, Ph.D., Professor of Eomance Phil- ology: " I am exceedingly pleased with its fulness, condensation, accuracy, and completeness, while its mechanical execution is a delight to the artistic sense." Not an Error Discovered.— A Severe Test. Columbian University: F. TI. Knowlton, M.S., Professor of Botany; Curator of Botany, United States National Museum, Washington, D. C: " I have examined Volume I. with great care, and am pleased beyond ex- pression with it. 1 have not yet noticed a typographical error in it, nor an error of statement. I put it to a severe test the other day. I had it in a company con- sisting of a distinguished philosopher, a geologist, and a paleontologist, and asked them to call for any word they could think of. They did the best they could to confound the book, and in evei^y instance the word called for was there, even including a number of words coined by themselves I They were of course very much pleased. I have since shown the book to a great many friends in the National Museum, Smithsonian, Department of Agriculture, and Geological Survey, and the universal verdict is of high praise. The Standard is far superior to any single-volume dictionary, and indeed many persons have said to me that they would rather have it than the Century." 5. If a Avord lias two or more meanings, tlie most common meaning lias been given first. That is, preference has been given to the "order of usage" over what is termed the "historical order." The aim has been to remove everything that stands between the vocabulary word and the meaning most generally sought after by the average reader, and, in this way, enable him to get the information desh-ed with ease and certainty. The obsolescent and obsolete meanings and the etymology are given last. As examples of this method of an-anging definitions, see address, afford, cure (noun), degree, depose, discuss, engross, error, farm, grave (adjective). Impossible to Speak of the Work Except in Highest Terms of Praise. The Evening Times, Glasgow, Scotland : "In planning the work. Dr. Punk and his coadjutors have had primarily before them the wants of the multitude of busy people. The great majority of these turn to a dictionary, probably ninety times in the hundred, primarily for the current meaning of a given word. The etymology, the historic growth, the obsolete forms of the word may interest them, but in a secondary degree. These matters have not been neglected in the Standard Dictionary; but, for the convenience of the 'plain man,' who will doubtless feel daly grateful, the common, present-day meaning is invariably set down first. ... It is impossible to speak of this dictionary in other than the highest terms of praise." An Excellent Reform. The Daily News, London, England: "A work of enormous labor. ... An excellent reform, also, is that of placing the etymology of each word uniformly after the definition; also, that of giving the most common meaning first, thus practically reversing the usual method, which is what is known as the historical order." Most Comprehensive Scope for Convenient Popular Use. The Cincinnati [Ohio] Commercial Gazette: "The first feature to strike one in using the Standard Dictionary is that the most common meaning is given first, reserving the obsolescent or obsolete meanings and the etymology last. This gives the keynote to the particular value of this new dictionary. . . . The Standard Dictionary has been constructed as a dictionary of the most comprehensive scope for convenient popular use. . . . The etymology is itself thoroughly sound,— the mere name of Dr. March being guarantee enough for that. . . . The influence of the Standard Dictionary upon the English language will be emphatically one for simplicity and regularity." Most Creditable to American Scholarship. The Daily Chronicle, London, England: " The dictionary is first of all practical. For this reason the meanings of the words are given in the order of usage so that the average reader may find the most common applications of them at once with ease and certainty. . . . The treatment of synonyms and antonyms is so full as to form a characteristic feature. . . . The Standard is most creditable to American scholarship, and it will take an honored and useful place on a handy ^helf by the busy man's desk. It is a distinctive and indepen- dent work and will be frankly welcomed in England as well as in America." High Praise from a Great Critic of W^ords. Notes ai^d t^ueries, London, England : " It is very greatly in advance of any dictionary of its class in either England or America, and is gladly recommended to all who need a dictionary. It is a work of great value and authority, and does infinite credit to all concerned in its production." Its Order is that of Common Sense. The National Baptist : ". . . First in importance as a departure from tradi- tion in the interest of the busy dictionary-user, is the arrangement of a definition imme(^iate]y after the word and its pronunciation, leaving the etymology to take its place at the end of the article. This is, of course, the order, not of scholars and purists, but of common sense, and, when taken in connection with the prac- tise of placing the commonest definition first and arranging the others some- what in the order of usage, will doubtless prove most popular. The definitions themselves are for the most part models of clearness and condensa- tion. It would be easy to show by quotation to what a fine art these have been reduced. ... A half-hour's examination, if it can be made with some other good dictionary for comparison, is certain to be the Standard's best recommen- dation to a possible purchaser." Editors and Publishers Have Redeemed Every Promise. The Inter Ocean, Chicago: " Every promise made by the publishers has been fully redeemed. It is indeed a grand book." Accepted as a Model in the Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian Institution: I>r. Q.Brown Goode, Assistant Secretary: "I turn to the Standard Dictionary most frequently, since the fulness of its vocabulary, its compactness, and handy form make it exceedingly convenient as a ready reference book. As a family dictionary it is exceedingly good. . . . There are many features which no other dictionary contains, which add to its educational value. . . . The make up of the editorial staff is such that the book could not have failed to realize the plan of its projectors. ... It will be to words what we hope the National Museum will some day become to concrete things. The arrangement of definitions is very like that which we have found so admirably serviceable at the Museum lately." Will Command the Admiration of the English: Speaking Public. University of Pennsylvania : Frof. D. G. Brinton, M.I>., D.Sc, IiIj.D.: " Its luminous arrangement impresses me more and more the longer I have it by me. ... It cannot fail to command the approval and admiration of the enlightened English-speaking public the world over." Uastlng Gratitude of Ulterary Men. The New York Observer: "It cannot fail to secure for its publishers the lasting gi'atitude of Uterary men. The whole country is their debtor for making the United States the locale of such a work." 6. Tlie etymology is placed after the deflnitlon. Many persons are confused and discouraged when the signs and abbreviations, and the foreign or other strange words, that make Edmund C. Stedman, the Poet and Critic : "It is the most inclusive and scholarly of recent English diction- aries in not more than two volumes." 31 Princeton College: Prof. George MaclosKIE, LL.D.: ". . . In my own department of science [Biology] T see that the Standard is well up to date, and that its definitions are clear and perfectly reliable ; and I am satis- fied that it will take its place as the best dictionary of our language." up the etymology, stand between the vocabulary word and its definition. It is within bounds to say that not one time in a hundred, when a dictionary is consulted is the etymology studied. True, for the student the etymology throws light upon the mean- ing of a word: but only the few are students, and these will easily find the etymology, wherever it may be placed. But the scholar is not to be in any way neglected. In a work of this kind accuracy and simplicity should go hand in hand. Every care is taken to have the etymology accurate. It is not at all necessary to ignore the needs of the masses in order to meet the requirements of scholars. An Honest and Thorough Piece of ^Vork. The Sunday School Times: "Since Dr. March's son, Professor Francis A. March, Jr., trained under his eye, and now his associate, is named as responsible for the department of etymology, the purchaser of the dictionary learns in ad- vance that which a detailed examination proves — that the elder March's important labors for English scholarship have in it received a considerable addition. ... As regards the etymologies of this dictionary, it may be re- peated, as was said in this column at the time of the appearance of the Century Dictionary, that the labors of Skeat and other recent students have rendered shabby work in this line impossible or inexcusable; and certainly the Standard Bictionary is to be trusted in this field, as the slightest turning of its pages show. ... It is an honest and thorough piece of work. . . . The Dictionary, in a word, is, as it ought to be, a recorder as well as u, law"giver, and it is an au- thority for that very reason. . . . *'In the editorial office of the Sunday Seliool Tijnes it is an every-day book of reference, and the proof-reader places more and more confidence in it as an authority." Compiled with an Extraordinary Degree of Conscientious Care. The Daily Telea:raph, London, England: "The Dictionary has been com- piled with an extraordinary degree of conscientious care and specialist authority. . ."^ . It is high praise to say that the aim of the organisers of all this prodigious labour has been reached. . . . We believe that the design (of the editors) has been successfully carried out as far as human skill and ingenuity can accomplish su6h-an end. ... It is difficult to praise too highly this important contribution to the past history and present use of the English tongue." Its Method Greatly Commended. IT. S. National museum: Frof. George F. Merrill, Washington, D. C. : " It was not until I came to consult it [The Standard Dictionary] that I realized the immense advantage of its method over that ordinarily pursued, giving first the definition of a word, and afterwards its derivation and synonyms. The gen- eral 'make up ' of the work is excellent and leaves little to be desired." Most Complete and Most Satisfactory Dictionary Yet Printed. The IVe-w York Herald : " We are free to pronounce it the most complete aiid most satisfactory dictionary yet printed. . . . Such an enterprise does credit to any firm, and we have the strongest belief that the sale of the work will be all that the publishers can desire." It Satisfies Every Need of a Dictionary. The TImes'Democrat, New Orleans : " He who has the Standard at his elbow to refer to for the meaning, pronunciation, or derivation of a word, or for its compounds, synonyms, antonyms, or phrase use, will never need another dic- tionary to help him out." The Plan and Execution Wonderfully Complete. C. Ii. Anderson, M.D., Santa Cruz, California: "My first thought was that enough attention had not been given to the roots of words. Consequently I tried tq pull up a few. They came hard at first; especially those that had been long rooted and become much entangled with other roots. I noticed J. Eussell Low- ell's remarks on etymology; and I looked again. I found that the history of most words could be traced out with satisfaction and advantage according to the Standard's plan. Instead of holding up each separate word with all the fibers dangling to the stem, a saving of time and space is had by a systematic reference to parent roots. . . . The plan and execution of this dictionary is wonderfully complete." Adinirahic Arrangement. Trinity College, Canada: Prof. William ClarJc, M.J)., ZL.D.: "The editors have surpassed all reasonable expectations. I have examined the dictionary very carefully, and whether one considers the fulness of tlie vocabulary, the accuracy and admirable arrangement of the definitions, the carefulness of the etymology, or the beauty of paper, tyjie, and en- gravings, there^eems nothing more to be wished for." To he Recommended to College Students. Trinity College (Connecticut): Frof. C. F. tTolinson: "I can find no point in which it does not deserve the highest commendation. Printing — cita- tions — all are more satisfactory than any other working dictionary I have opened. . . . The etymological work, too, is of the highest order. ... I shall recom- mend students to buy the Standard." Thoroughly Reliable. The Westminster Gazette, London, England: " It claims, with justice, to be the most complete dictionary of the size hitherto published. . . . The dictionary is well printed in clear, readable type, and is pronouncing, encyclo- pedic, and etymological. The etymology is suiHclently full with- out overburdening the text, and, where necessary, quotations in sup- port of the particular use of a word are introduced. . . . Having tested the dictionary by careful scrutiny, we can pronoupce it to be thoroughly reliable," Nearest His Ideal. Henry M, Stanley, the African Explorer: "It comes nearest to my idea of a first-class dictionary." Great Enthusiasm of Delight and Admiration. University of Chicago : W. C Wilkinson, Professor of Poetry and Crit- icism: " An examination of this dictionary brought me under the influence of great enthusiasm of delight, surprise, and admiration. The proprietors have achieved a monumental success. My confident impression is that the editors have pro- duced the Standard Dictionary." Most Inclusive and Scholarly. Edmund C. Stedman, the Poet and Critic: " It is the most inclusive and scholarly of recent English dictionaries in not more than two volumes." 7. Disputed spellings and pronunciations hare been referred, under the direction of Professor March, to an Advisory Committee of fifty philolo- gists in American, English, Canadian, Australian, and East-Indian universities, and representative professional Avriters and speakers of English. (See list of Editors in accompanying pages.) By a simple system, the forms preferred by each member of the Committee, and those preferred by the leading Dictionaries, are given in the Appendix to the Dictionary. The preference of this Committee is advisory to Dr. March; it is not mandatory. Under words of this class in the vocabulary of the Dictionary will be found the Roman letters xm. This refers to the various preferences in pronunciation and spelling, as given at pages 2376-3308. An Authority in Spelling and Pronunciation Never Hereto- fore Attained. The Call, San Francisco: "Disputed spellings and pronunciations are laid before a committee of over 50 distinguished liteiali representing England, the United States, Canada, Australia — in fact every land where English is spoken. This committee of phflologists mai'k their preferences. These are submitted for final judgment to Professor P. A. March. By this method will be given a value to the spelling and pronunciation that has never been attained before in any dic- tionary. ... Up to the present day there never has been a compilation so perfect and complete. ... It is the Standakd Dictionary of the English ton-me." A Consensus of the Bc»l Judgment. The New York Observer: "So thoroughly have disputed spellings and pronunciations been dealt with that we have a consensus of the best judgment of the English-speaking world. . . . As an authority upon synonyms the" work is most valuable. . . The wealth of pictorial illustrations makes tlie Standard DicUonary a treasure indeed. , . Wo recognize ni the Standard a memorable example of the very best form of American enterprise. . . ." No Objection in England to the Orthography. Must Bring Credit to the Nation. The Mark Lane Express, London, England: ". The Standard Diction- ary, which the Funk & Wngnalls Company, of New York, have just brought out, IS not a revision of an old dicttonary, but really a new work, inteiuiwl to take Its place as the leading dicUoiiaiy in the United States; and so' complete IS Its character, and so carefully has the work been done, that it is most cerUuu to become on this side of the Atlantic, and elsewhere where tlie English languasie IS spoken or studied, one of the few sUmdiu-ds to which phllolosisis will turn Of course, there arc many who will somewhat object to what Is'^ known as the The Glasgow Times, Glasgow, Scotland : higliest terms of praise T It is impossible to speak of this dictionary in other than the 23 Columbia College: Prof. H. Ogden Rood : "A valuable, elaborate, and admirably illustrated dictionary^ American style of spelling, but no such objection can be raised against this dic- tionary, because disputed spellings and pronunciations have been referred to an advisory committee of fifty philologists in American, EngUsh, Canadian, Aus- tralian, and East=Indian universities, and representative professional writers and speakers of English. The differences of pronunciation are shown in the appen- dix of the book, and further, any disputed spellings and pronunciations will be found given by each member of that committee. . . The first volume of this dictionary, which will be completed in two large volumes, bears marks of the greatest care in preparation. . . . Not only may the publishers be congratulated on having successfully brought out a work which has entailed a large outlay of learning, labour, and capital, but also one which must "bring witli it credit to the nation. . . . Nothing has been left undone to secure that which all conscientious publishers aim to produce — a book with few or no errors. In recommending this work to our English readers, we must express the hope that the enterprise of the Funk and Wagnalls Company will meet with its just reward by securing a large and world=wide circulation for its dictionary." Its Excellency Beyond Dispute. The Mercury, Leeds, England; " That the utmost care has been employed in obtaining accuracy is shown by the fact that disputed spellings and pronuncia- tions have been referred to an advisory committee of fifty philologists in Ameri- can, English, Canadian, Australian, and East=Indian universities, and represent- ative writers and speakers of English. . . . The excellence of the dictionary as a whole is beyond dispute. The definitions have been prepared with the utmost care. . . . The exterior of the volume is worthy of its contents." Deserves Hearty Commendation. The Congregationalist, Boston: " We are satisfied from our own examina- tion of it, positively in respect to its own characteristics, and also comparatively with the Century and Webster's International at hand, that it deserves hearty commendation and will make its way in the field which we understand it to aim to fill, that of the one^ or two=volume English dictionary, it certainly is superior to Webster and to Worcester." A Place in the Highest Ranks. University of Dublin, Ireland; Frof. Edward Dowden; "I am satisfied that the dictionary will take a place in the highest ranks of works of the kind." A Delight to the Elye. Yale University: Prof. A. M. WUeeler : " Clear, concise, accurate, com- prehensive; at once scholarly and popular; admirably arranged, beautifully printed, of convenient size and shape, and therefore easy to consult; a delight to the eye and to the mind — what more can one ask in the way of a dictionary?" Not the Boston, New Haven, nor Oxford Usage in Spelling, but the English-speaking "World. James K. Hosmer, Ph.D., Pubhc Librarian, Minneapolis: "The coopera- tion of scholarly men in every corner of the vast English-speaking world gives the work a breadth of scope which seems to me one of its most interesting features. It is not the Boston, nor the New Haven, nor the Oxford, nor the London usage that is given in spelling, pronunciation, and definition; but the results are given after a wide consensus of thoughtful and intelligent men, the antipodes speaking as well as the immediate environments." Comes Nearer to the Ideal Than Any Other. Kev. OTlnot J. Savage, Boston, Mass. : " I like the Standard Dictionary much. It is more convenient for use than Worcester's or Webster's thick and clumsy one volume — more condensed and less costly than the six-volume Century— up to the best in scholarship — the two usable volumes come nearer to the ideal of what the thousands of American readers really require." 8. In the spelling of names in geography, the deci- sions of the United States Board on Geographic Names have been followed, the Committee of that Board kindly consenting to pass upon all words that might from time to time be submitted to them. Veiy many of these spellings and pronunciations of geo- graphic names are given in the Appendix of the Dictionary. 9. That there is a drift, conservative yet real, to- ward the simpler forms of spelling, has been rec- ognized throughout the tvork. In all words fully An- glicized "e" has been preferred to the diphthongs "se" and "oe,'' as in fe[oe]tus, home[oe]opathy, e[8e]sthetics. In cases, how- ever, where diphthongal forms are still largely or prevailingly used in current hterature, the two forms have been bracketed in vocabulary place ; as, jggtjjgtjpg \ ■ When English and Amer- ican usage differs, as in the spelling of honor (honour), favor (favour), the simpler form has been given the preference, but the English form has also been given a vocabulary place. Tlie use of the dieresis has been discarded, as there seemed to be no suffi- cient reason for indicating, in ordinary writing and printing, the pronunciation of words used, as cooperative (cooperative), zoology (zoology). Vocabulary places have been given to the 3,500 words to which the American Philological Association and the American Spelling Reform Association recommend the immediate applica- tion of the principles of spelling reform — principles that have been adopted also by the Philological Society of England. The usual forms of these words are also given vocabulary places, and under these forms will be found generally the definitions. (See Introductory, Vol, I., p. ix, also p. xvii.) 10. The spelling of many words in chemistry has heen simplified, as bromin, morphin, quiuin, sulfur. This has done in compliance with the wishes of the Chemical Section of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. (See Prospectus, p. 38, also see Introductory, p. ix.) Every Promise Fulfilled. The Inter Ocean, Chicago, 111.: "Every promise made by the publishers has been fully redeemed. It is, indeed, a grand book. . . . That there is a drift, conservative yet real, toward the simpler forms of spelling has been recognized throughout the work. . . The spelling of many words in chemistry has been simplified, as bromin, morphin, quinin, sulfur. This has been done in compli- ance with the wishes of the chemical section of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. ..." Most Advanced Methods Followed. The American Journal of Pharmacy, Philadelphia: "It is a diction- ary m the fullest sense of the term. It will be welcomed by every one who desires to have the latest information in the most Compact form. . . . Phar- macists, chemists, and physicians will be especially interested in this Dictionary, because in it are to be found the most advanced methods of spelling chemical terms, as adopted by the chemical section of the American Association for the Advancement of Science," All Who Speak the English Language Should be Grateful. The St. James's Budget [Weekly of St. James's Gasetie], London, England: " Since Dr. Murray consents to be quoted in favour of the introduction of the phonetic element as a desirable recognition of the need of reformed spelling, we can not possibly object that there is a drift, slow yet real, toward the simpler forms of spelling throughout the work. . . From whatever point of view this handsome work is approached — whether literary, pictorial, or practical — it not only stands the test of crititism, but proves its right to be considered a magnifi- cent trnimph of patient laborious painstaking, of skill, literary, artistic, and mechanical. It were difficult to praise this splendid dictionary too highly; it is a work for which all who speak the English language may be justly grateful," Surprisingly Full of Information.— Adopted by Philological Societies. The Boston Dally Herald : " . . The tentative position in which the reform speUing stands makes it very difficult for dictionary=makers to know just what to do, and great credit is due to Dr. March for the way in which he has ad- justed himself [in the Standard] to the present situation. The simplifying of many words in chemistry is a notable feature, and the spelling of names in geography has been conformed to the latest usage. The pronunciation of words has received a great deal of care, and the Standard has its own rules based on the best authority and often adds that of the one or two authorities next to it. The treatment of synonyms is a feature which the Century made a great deal of, and which is now recognized as an important part of the work of a dictionary. The Standard has given special attention to synonyms, and has added for the first time the antonyms to its list. In this way the dictionary becomes of the greatest service to young writers by helping them to the exact use of right terms in expression. Nothing is more necessary in learning how to write than to under- stand the precise value of words, and this new feature in our great dictionaries is important and full of meaning as an evidence that a large view of the place which a dictionary holds is taken by those who make it. . . . The definitions in the Standard arc simple and to the point. In this respect they are often superior to the Century. . . . It is surprisingly full of information on eve.iy point in which a dictionary ought to be strong. . . ." Marvellously Scientific and Accurate. The liOndon "World, England: "This is a most noteworthy production, as scientific and accurate as modern ingenuity and enterprise can make it." The Hartford Courant: ". . . Tkis dictionary has decided advantages over its earlier rivals. It is sound in method, progressive in spirit, convenient in mechanical arrangement. . . . It is the best people's dictionary that has yet appeared!' 33 Julian Hawthorne, Jamaica, West Indies: " I think the Standard Dictionary the most practically useful dictionary yet published, [have Worcester, Webster, and the Century." ^ Dates A New Period of tlic Country's History. The Irlsli Times, Dublin, Ireland: "The people of America have every right to be proud, ... of this great work, national in its conceptions and compre- hensiveness. ... It will be recognized, we have every reason to say, not alone throughout the American continent, but in all English-speaking parts of the Old World also, as an authority, from its fulness, discrimination, variety, and ample erudition. ... It will be a monument of American learning and industry, and artistic superiority. . From the puplication of this Standard Dictionary, America may date a new period of the country's history." Valuable Contribution to Licxlcograpliy. Princeton College; Fresident Francis i. Patton, D.D., ZiIi.Ti.: " I rejoice in the progress that has been made in the publication of this work and congratulate the editors very sincerely upon this valuable contribution to English lexicography." Prof. George 3Iacloshie, 1,1,. D., D.Sc: " I am satisfied that it will take its place as the best dictionary of our language." Founded on Common Sense. The Chicago Herald: "The plans for this work are founded on common sense. . . . The scope of the book, indeed, appears to be inexhaustible. . . . The pictures are beautiful.^] Siinpllflcd Spellings Approved. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. : Prof. W J McGee, Ethnologist in Charge: "Allow me to express high appreciation of your splendid work. I have looked over the introduction, prospectus, and many of the pages critically, and lind all practically free from objection, and in every respect admirable. I am especially pleased with the orthography, including the intro duction of the simplified spellings of the Philological Society; also with the syllabification. I . . fully expect that it will quickly assume the place implied in the name [Standard] throughout English-speaking countries." A later letter: "Further examination and practical use of the first volume have only strengthened my convictions as to the completeness and value of the dictionary.' Worthy of Its Name. Amiierst College: Julius B. Seelye, Z,JL.D., Ex»President : "I have examined Volume I. of the Standard Dictionary with care and with great satis- faction. It is worthy of its name, and 1 congratulate the editors upon having so successfully attained their very high ideal." A Great Improvement Over Old methods. U. S. Department of Agriculture; M. W. Wiley, Pli.D., Chemi^i, Past President Chemical Section of the A. A. A. S.: "1 consider it a gi'eat improvement over the old methods [of spelling and pronouncing chemical terms]. ... I have no doubt the publishers will receive the hearty approval of the majority of American chemists." Their General Adoption Assured. University of Virginia : F. P. Dunnington, Professor of Chemistry: " I am pleased to see these very desirable changes presented to the public with an introduction so propitious as the Standard Dictionary will afford and so given a position which assures their general adoption." 11. The Scientific Alphabet, prepared and promulgated by the American Philological Association, and adopted by the Amei'ican Spelling Reform Association, has been used in giving the pronunciation of words. The powers of the letters are similar to those used in the orthography of the United States Board on Geographic Names and the Royal Geographical Society of Eng- land, and in the pronunciation of the great Historical Dictionary of the Philological Society of England (Dr. IMurray's;. Almost all the prominent linguistic scholars of the two countries are mem- bers of one or more of the philological bodies above mentioned, the American and the English. The scientific alphabet is used in the respelling for pronunciation of the vocabulary words. It is a very valuable aid to exact pronunciation. This branch of the work has been under the editorial charge of Professor Francis A. March, of Lafayette College, who is recognized in Europe and America as one of the most eminent of living philologists. An Immense Advance Over Other Dictionaries. The Scientific American^ New York: "For giving the pronunciation of words, what is known as the scientific alphabet is used. . . . This is an immense advance over the arbitrary system used in so many other works of this character." The Opinion of the Great I,exieographer of the Oxford University. Oxford University (England): Prof. J. A. B. Murray, I,L.D., Editor of the great Murray (Oxford) Dictionary: "The introduction of the phonetic element in the Standard is a desirable recognition of the need of reformed spell- ing, and Prof. F. A. March's editorship of this department is everything that could be asked for." Prof. A. B. Sayce, J>.I>., I,X,.D.: all of the encomia passed upon it." ' It will deserve It Far Exceeds that of Any Preceding Dictionary. The South "Wales Daily News, Cardiff, England : " The scientific alphabet is a very valuable aid to exact pronunciation, and has received the approval of so distinguished a lexicographer as Dr. Murray, of Oxford, the present edijpr of the New English Dictionary, now nearly a generation In preparation. . . . The more Its contents are studied, the greater Is the amazement one experiences at the virtual accomplishment of so stupendous a task. ... It far exceeds that of any preceding dictionary." The Brilliant American School of Philology. The liiterary World, London, England: " The complete work is a new testi- mony to the full and careful scholarship of tli§ brilliant American school of phil- ology that is one of the chief literary Jtn'de.siecle glories of the English race beyond the Atlantic." ^ A Great and Unqualified Success. The Phonetic Journal, Bath, England: "This dictionary, which was granted a diploma and medal at the World's Fair, appeals . . . especially to the readers of this journal, on account of the Spelling Reform features of the work. The Scientific Alphabet Key is along the line of work done by the most eminent philologists of England and America. ... It is Intended to lead the way by the Standard Dictionary to the Spelling Heform. . . . The steps taken in connection with spelling reform are far in advance of any that have been taken by other dictionaries In this direction, and without doubt much of the success of the dictionary ought to arise from the hearty support of the friends of the Spellmg Reform throughout the English-speaking world. To speak of the many and excellent points of merit In the new Standard Dictionary would be Impossible In a limited space. . . . After an extended examination of the work, we must admit that It has been prepared with great thoroughness, and with a keen sense of the public needs of the present day. A great and unquali- fied success may be safely predicted for the new dictionary.'' wrill Bring Order Out of Chaos. The Open Court, Chicago: "This Is an excellent feature of the Dictionary, and even if the new orthography proposed by the American Philological Associ- ation is never adopted, the use of it for the indication of pronunciation will greatly help to bring order into the chaos which now exists in our schools." Superior to Any Other Dictionary. Charles A. Pitman, New York Representative of Isaac Pitman & Sons, Lon- don: " I unhesitatingly concede Its superiority over any work of its kind. The general plan of the dictionary Is excellent In every respect. Its completion is a monument of patience and industry." Commoit^scnse Rules Govern tlic Spelling and Pronunciation. Uenox College: Alexander G. Wilson, President: "In the plan of the work, In the accuracy of derivation, In the clearness of definition, In the common- sense rules that govern the spelling and pronunciation, in the helpful illustra- tions, and in the mechanical execution the work is unsurpassed. Its attractive- ness, completeness, and value grow with every examination." The Eminent Etymologist of Calubrldge University. Cambridge University, England: Walter W. Sheat, the Eminent Ety- mologist and Professor of Anglo-Saxon; "A spelling reform in the English lan- guage is certain to come, and Dr. March is a man thoroughly qualified to preside over this department of the Standard Dictlon'atiy." _:* ' A Distinct Advance in Uexlcography. University of Sidney. Australia: Prof. Until J. Trechmann, M.A., Pli.n.; " Wonderfully complete and concise, a distinct advance in lexicography." It Deserves all Its English and American Commenda- tions. Princeton College; Prof. J. O. lUnrray, D.D., LL.D.: "I have no hesitation in pronouncing it most complete in all departments of lexicography. It deserves all the high commendations it has received in England and America." G. W. Smalley, London, England (in New York Tribune) : " A distinctive and independent work, and -..•ill be frankly ivelcomrdin England as well as in America. . . . Preeminently a diet ionarv for the public" 24 Henry Evans, D.D., Commissioner of National Education in Ireland: " The Standard Dictionary affords proof of being second to none ; and it has features of its own of the very highest merit sT Installed as the Household Oracle. Joliiis Hopkins University : William Hand Browne, Professor of Englisli Literature: "It worthily illustrates American scholarship. ... It has already been installed as the household oracle." Renders the Work Indispensable. University of California: JUartin Xellogg, President; "I am espe- cially iiiterested in the aid it gives to the reformed orthography. For ail pub- lic libraries this one feature renders the work indispensable. The definitions seem to be coucise and clear. The proper form of a word, and the usual mean- ing, are the two things most cared for by the majority of those who turn to a dictionary." , Especially Interested In the Treatment of mispronunciations. Elizabeth Stuart Phelps [Ward]: "It is all that could be needed ; it is much more than a dictionary; it will often take the place of cumbersome books of reference. I am especially interested in the treatment of mispronunciations." W^ill Uast W^hile the English lianguage Remains Unchanged. Harvard University: Prof. Andrew Preston Peabody, JLIJ.I}., fOT- merly also editor of the NorVi ATmrican JRevieiv; " This dictionary will prove of invaluable service, and will last while the English language remains essentially unchanged. It may need supplements, but will not need to be rewritten for three or four generations." 12. Oreat care has been exercised to avoid the recognition of needless new terms — words coined by the caprice or mistaken judgment of this or that author. A Com- mittee of representative scholars has passed upon new litei-ary words before they were admitted into the Dictionary. The judg- ment of the scientific specialists has determined the admission or rejection of technical terms. Upon their decision, not a few tech- nical terms recorded in other dictionaries have been rejected, some because they are obsolete, and others because they are so rarely used as to be comparatively valueless. This simple general rule of inclusion has been followed: Omit no word found in a living hook — that is, in a book now read by any considerable number of people — and whose meaning is likely to be sought for in an English Dictionary. (See Introductory, Vol. I., p. viii.) Why It Is the Dictionary for Teachers and Other Scholars. Education, Boston: "While some may challenge the advisability of recording some of the words to which place has been given in the vocabulary of th() Stand- ard, there is little doubt that they were carefully considered before admission. Thus we note the words demote, gradosity, and ijione are stigmatized as yejected by the committee on new words. . . . We take great pleasure in recommending this new dictionary to teachers, students, and others because of the Qommon sense plan on which it is based; because of the authoritative system of pronun- ciation it has adopted; because of its accurate and concise definitions; and be- cause of the numerous and comprehensive tables and lists which are to be found sprinkled throughout its pages. ... It surpasses any other dictionary." Rules for Exclusion most Exacting. The Critic, New York: "The rules for the exclusion of useless words and phrases that have been followed are most exacting. . . . Newly coined literary terms have been carefully considered, first by the office editors and then by a special committee. . . . The illustrative quotations are not merely credited to the author, as in other American dictionaries, but their exact location, by edition, volume, chapter, page, etc., is added. This is an improvement which, will be particularly appreciated by teachers and critical students. . . . Compound words are, for the first time in any English dictionary, treated on a scientific tystem, which, we think, will commend itself to scholars and critics. . . . The pictorial illustrations are well chosen and really definitive in character. ... As a.popular dictionary in compact form, the Standard surpasses all its preatecessorjin most respects." \ Noted for its Thoroughness, Accuracy, and Convenience. Tlic School Journal, New York: " A committee of five representative schol- ars passed upon new words, other than scientific or technical, before they were admitted into the dictionary. . . . The Standard Dictionary is noted for its thoroughness, accuracy, and convenience of arrangement. ... In scholarship it is fully up to the times." , The Great Detective Author Baffled. A. Conan Doyle, the Eminent English Novelist, London, England become quite a joke wifh us that we cannot trip up this dictionary, several times been sure that we would, but have always failed." ; "It has We have Ireland's Superlative Endorsement. The Freeman's Journal, Dublin, Ireland: "For scholarly accuracy, and exceptional fulness ... it stands unrivalled. ... Of other existing dictionaries with which we are acquainted, we know of none that can be compared with the Standard." An English Echo that Is Something more than an Echo. Tlie Echo, London, England: " There has been nothing like it since the world began. It beats creation. ... A glance at any one of the thousands of new words in the new dictionary will suggest many things about the march of mind. ... It is full of the minutest information, even about the most speciaUzed sub- jects." It Compels Scotch Eulogy. The Glasgow Herald, Scotland: " It is impossible to speak of it in other than the highest terms of praise." Tfo Existing ^Vork Equals It. The Week, Toronto, Canada: " It matters not where we begin in the examina- tion of this extraordinary work; at every point our satisfaction and admiration are excited, . . . We find in this new dictionary a brief and satisfactory explana- tion which seems to put an end to all doubt. ... In conclusion we can only say that this dictionary is a wonder, and that it will meet the needs of the general student better than any other existing work." It Goes Into massachusetts Schools. Flavel S. Thomas, m.D., UU-D., Hanson, Mass.: "I shall put it in onr schools in place of Webster and Worcester. Schools and scholars cannot keep up with the times without the Standard Dictionary." Consulted most Frequently at Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian Institution: ortant point in defining has been the refusal to define by synonyms. Few words are exact synonyms of others; but as an autliority upon synonyms the work is most valuable. These are abundant and chosen with care, and the same may be said of the an- tonyms. . . . Tlae Avealtli of pictorial illustrations makes the Standard Dictionary a treasure indeed. There are whole pages of colored pic- tures, and other pages of animals, coins, and other subjects of interest, not in color, but the work of experts in each particular line. . . We recognize in the Standakd si memorable example of the very best form of American enterprise. The whole country is indebted to the Funk & Wagnalls Company for making the United States the locale of such a fountain of philological erudition." A Very Decided Gain. The Springfield Republican, Mass. : ". . . . A point of very decided gain is in giving with each quotation an exact reference to book, edition, and page, a matter in which the older lexicographers have been slack. A strong point is to be made of pronunciation, in which American dictionaries have been rather weak, and all disputed points are referred to a committee of 50 or more, na- tives of America, England, Canada, Australia, and India. In this way the pro- vinciality of preceding dictionaries in the matter of orthoepy is supposed to be avoided. . . ." . A Big Thing in liiterary Enterprise. The Whitehall Kevlew, London, England: "AVe have no hesitation in according it a first place in the big things of literary enterprise." Princeton College : Prof. Xlieodore 11. Hunt, I,it.D.: "... In a work of this kind, the scholars engaged on it are as important a factor as the plan itself. The cooperation of such scholars as March, Doremus, Hewcomb, Harper, Balg, Harrison, etc., should ensure success. ... Of the two dictionaries, the revision of Webster, and the Standard, the plan of the latter is the better one, and will better meet existing needs. It has the great virtue of being unique and independent. Three or four of its features are especially commendable; "1. Placing definitions before etymologies. " 2. Giving the preference to present meanings. " 3. Reducing technicalities to a minimum. " 4. Giving due emphasis to phonetic spelling. " 5. The ti'catment of quotations. " These are all excellent features, and are found nowhcrfe else in such good form. The editors have also avoided the extreme, as I regard it, of excessive quo- tations, illustrations, and cyclopedic matter. . . . It is a dictionary that will meet the common needs of the people, The Century is a lexicographical luxury. The Standard will be The English People's Wokd Book. The best criticism, however, of the dictionary that I can send is an acceptance blank. I am advis- ing my students to procure it." Of Very High and Exceptional OTerlt. Cliai-les Dudley Warner : " This volume of the Standard Dictionary at once attracts and pleases the eye by its elegant typography and the good taste of its binding. It is a beautiful book. . . . The careful examination I have been able to give this work convinces me of its very high and exceptional merit. It seems fully to deserve the approbation given it by scholars and specialists. I like its arrangement, its very full vocabulary, including so many derivative words and words brought recently into popular use, and its recognition of the progress in the sciences and in spelling reform. In this, as in its selection of quotations from modern writers, who use the language as it is to=day, it is intelligent and up to date. If our language is living, we must have a living dictionary; and I think, speaking generally, that its new features are admirable. The editor's have made, it seems to me, a sound and scholarly book, which makes, nevertheless, such an appeal to practical use that it is bound to be popular." To Be a Favorite of the American People. University of ITIinnesota ; Cyrus yorthrop, XE.Z>., President: Without doubt it will prove to be a favorite of the American people." Great Praise from India. University of Bombay: XC. 31. Birdwood, M..L., Xi. 2)., Vice-chan- cellor, India; " I think you are much to be congratulated on its publication. It is splendidly got up and will certainly prove of great and general value in all English-speaking countries, and ought to make any further attempt at dictionary making unnecessary for the nest 100 years. . . " In the Highest Sense up to Date. Frances E. Willard, UU.D., President, World's W. C. T. U., Evanston, 111., U. S. A. ; "The Standard Dictionary is undoubtedly one of the great intellectual landmarks of the century, and best of all is, in the highest and most practical sense, up to date." Columbia College Gives the AVork IVclccrtie. Columbia College Prof. pecialisi to define each class of words will be seen by an examination of the definitions of such words as abalone (mollusk), almost always defined erroneously as a sheU, ambassador, amble. American (stock and tribe), aluminum. barl\ bacterium (the illustrations for General James Grant Wilson : " The favorable impression received from an examination of the specimen pages of the Standard Dictionary is fully confirmed by a careful inspection of the first volume. . . . / deem it the best English dictionary published." 26 Julius H. Ward, Literary Editor Boston Daily Herald : ''I feel as if I had discovered one of the new agencies by which people are to be educated and the world is to be lifted^ which were drawn by T. Mitchell Pmdden, leading American specialist on bacteriology), hird, calendar, canter, constellation, coffee, craniometry, dog, element, geology, measure, metric, milh, satellite, steel, unit, water. Some words have each taken weeks of time, and some of the tables have each required months of labor. The ablest specialists that could be secured were engaged for the words, as Simon New- comb, N. S. Shaler of Harvard, Max MuUer of Oxford, R. Ogden Doremus, Ex=Minister E. J. Phelps of Yale, Frank H. Knowlton, Wm. R. Harper, Pres. of Chicago University, Hubert H. Bancroft, Theodore N. Gill; and the same is true of many other specialists in the list that runs up into the hundreds. In the fullest sense of the expression, the Dictionary is an intellectual collaboration. The entire English-speaking world has been laid almost literally under tribute. For this reason it has been thought not amiss to give the Dictionary the name Standard, in just recognition of the expert knowledge and authoritative scholarship of the editors of the various departments of the work. The JToiut Product of tlie Scbolarship of tlie Age. The Tievfr York Independent: " No expense and no pains have been spared, collaboration has been carried to the utmost limits, committees of consultation and reference have been formed and kept at work for every possible subsdepart- ment. Every American scholar who was known to possess special knowledge or ability of a kind likely to be useful in such a dictionary, was to be taken into the collaboration, and the final result was to come forth the joint product of the lingaistic learning and lexical scholarship of the age. The result of the applica- tion of all this enterprise in the development of the dictionary has brought with it many advantages and resulted in certain gains which . . . show the work to be one of high utility, and in certain important respects superior to any of the other great works of popular English lexicography." Rich in the Classification of Science. The Boston Herald: ". . . A strong point in the Century was its treatment of science, but wherever it has been possible the Standard has developed this dis- tribution of scientific knowledge in the definition of technical terms relating to all the branches of knowledge. This care in the definition of words is shown quite as much in general as in special definitions. ... A notable feature of the new dictionary is the extent to which it has come under the control and guid- ance of experts. All dictionaries reach their perfection in this way, but the Standard seems to have been specially indebted to experts in different depart- ments of knowledge for its accuracy and thoroughness and discrimination. . . . The Standard ... is particularly valuable in the definition of scientific terms, and it is rich in its service in presenting the classification of the sciences. . . . It is not surprising that leading scholars and literary men all over the 'country have recognized the Standard with a growing sense of its value. It will find its way everywhere." Definitions toy Definitive Phrase — Not Alone toy ■ Synonyms. The We»leyan ITIethodist Magazine, London, England: "Each special word, and each term specially used in any science, art, trade, party, or religious denomination, has been dealt with by a recognized representative of those so using such words, thus alf ording them the right to say in what sense they use them. As regards orthography, the Standard Dictionary is both conservative and progressive. . . . The definitions in this dictionary are exceedingly well done. Too often, even in the latest and best dictionaries, the defini- tions are little more than lists of synonyms. Should the reader find these as dif- ficult to understand as the word they are quoted to explain, and turn to their places in the vocabulary for help, he will find the same set of terms repeated, until cross'searching is felt to be but motion without progress. From this fault the Standard Dictionary has striven to keep free. Its definitions really explain and ill umine the meaning. . . . Tens of thousands of the quotations give freshness to the pages and new authority to the definitions. The quotations range from Chaucer to the present day." A Systematic Treatment of the Sciences. The Presbyterian Banner, Pittsburg, Pa.: "The different parts of each science are so treated that the student can easily trace the definition of all its branches, and have before him the full meaning of the science." Clear and Succinct. The Jfe«f Orleans Picayune: "The definitions are given clearly and suc- cinctly." An Engll.sh Educationalist Much Impressed ivith the Work. J. G. Fitch, I4I/.D., Department of Education, Loudon, England: "I am much impressed with the excellence of its plan and arrangement, and with the amount of skill and labor which have been expended on it." Contains Inexliaustitole Treasures. Columbia College: Frof. JE. D. Perry, rii.D.: " It is certainly a mine of information, wherein the inexhaustible treasures are most invitingly displayed to view." The Best of English Dictionaries. General James Grant AVilson: "The favorable impression received from an examination of the specimen pages of the Standard Dictionary is fully confirmed by a careful inspection of the first volume. Many of its new features are admirable. ... I deem it the best English dictionary published." A Golden Opinion from the Golden Shore. University of California: Prof. G. M. Howison,ZL.D.: "I think that its contents will long stand the test of time and criticism, and justify the title which has been chosen for the work." Original Features of Highest Merit. Henry Evans, D.D., Commissioner of National Education, Ireland: "The Standard Dictionary is second to none, and has features of its own of the very highest merit." Most Comprehensive and Valuable of Dictionaries. The liUtheran Observer : ". . . It is the most comprehensive and valuable work of its kind that has yet appeared. It is an enduring monument of American enterprise and scholarship, and reflects the highest honor upon both." Why Much More Exact in Definition than other Works of the Kind. The Detroit Free Press: "The people to whom a term more especially be- longs should have the right to say what they mean when they use that term. . . . In this way no injustice is done to any party or class, and it is possible to be much more exact in definition. . . . It is a most complete and valuable work." An Intellectual Collaboration. The Chicago Evening Post: "In the full sense of the term the Standard Dictionary is an intellectual collaboration. ... It is obvious that if definition is to be accurate each species of words must be defined by a specialist trained in the lore of that species. ... The structure they [Editors of the Standard] are raising is built upon the soundest principles; it will \)&fa(Me princeps among the word-books of the English-speaking races. Well does it deserve the name of Standard." The W^ork of Men Thoroughly Equipped. The Examiner and Times, Manchester, Eng.: " The editors were selected from the front rank of American and English scholars. Indeed it may be said that the dictionary is the work of men thoroughly equipped in the school r.f science, literature, and art, and of experts in the various handicrafts and trades. . . . The dictionary is destined to hold a prominent place for many years to The Great Thunderer Pleased. The Iiondon Times: "Well conceived and skilfully compiled.' One of the Most Extraordinary Features of the Age. The Bookseller, London: " When one comes to examine more closely into the work, the vast accessions to English terminology that it contains, the care- fulness of its definitions, the exhaustive list of its meanings of words, the accuracy with which technical and scientific subjects are treated — one is not surprised at the scale upon which the Standard Dictionary was planned and is being carried through. . . . This is certainly one of the most extraordinary feat- ures of the age. ... He [the Englishman] cannot do better than make use of the admfrable and comprehensive book of reference offered him in the Standard Dictionary." The Best Dictionary of the English Ijanguage. Charles Morris, Author, Philadelphia : " I think the Standard Dictionary the best dictionary of the English language at present on the market. Certainly, the system followed of engaging a large number of specialists upon the work, and of obtainmg in addition information from authors and from others from all parts of the country should go far toward making it complete and correct." Definitions Clear, Complete,' Exhaustive. The Chautauquan : "All the definitions are clear, complete, exhaustive, and yet so thoroughly systematized and so well arranged is the plan adopted, that the whole is to be comprised in two volumes." San Francisco Call : "Up to the present day there never has been a compilation so perfect and complete." 37 Harvard University : Prof. N. S. Siialer, D.S.: " The Standard Dictionary will remain an enduring mon- ument to the labor of its editors. I believe that it 7uill come into general use in this community "^ "^Vortliy of Any Afjc or Country. Maryvllle College : Samuel V. T. Boardmnii, H.D., ZL.D., Presi- dent: " Without disparagement to any othei- work, this is certainly an honor to AmcM-icau enterprise, talent, industry, and scholarship. It is worthy of any age or country; and could not have been produced in an earlier age. It is a vast thesaurus of the results of every science Icnown to man ; illustrated with every advantage of which I have [linowledge. It is another of many achievements which place us as a nation on an equality with the foremost of the world." As Scientlflc and Accurate as Modei-n Ingenuity Can Make It. Journal of Education, Boston: " This is a most noteworthy production, as scientific and accurate as modern ingenuity and enterprise can maliC it." A W^orlt of tlie Highest Scliolarsliip. The Atlas, Algiers: "Its authority and undisputed intrinsic merit class it at once as a work: of the highest order of scholarship, calling enthusiastic praise from the learned world. It is actually considered a recognized specialist tor every department of linowledge, and will, no doubt, prove a first favorite with educators." A University of Itself. Benjamin G. Smith, Treasurer of the American Pomological Society: "It surpasses by a long distance all previous efEorts. It must be very dear, espe- cially to all lovers of agricultural, horticultural, and botanical pursuits. In this department it is a ' university ' of itself." An Out=and=Out New Product. Brown University: E. lieiijrttiihi Aiirlreifs, D.D., H.B., President; "I believe that this dictionary essentially fulfils the high ideal of its projectors. It is an out-and-out new product, and not, lilie our old dictionaries, the result of patcliing and amendment, little by little, the different pieces often added by many, many miads." ' Most Perfect Dictionary Ever Made in Any lianguage. A. fci. Wilkinson, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., Principal Examiner U. S. Patent Office; formerly Professor of Languages, University of Missouri, etc; "Its general arrangement of matter is so vastly superior that I can hardly say enough in its praise. ... I congratulate the editors on the most perfect dictionary ever made in any language, and I have them and consult them in six different lan- guages almost daily." 17. In tlie vocabulary, only proper names or proper terms derived from tliem have been printed witli initial capital letters, thus enabling any one to deter- mine at a glance whether a word is to be written with an initial capital or with a small letter. An Honest and Thorough Piece of Work. The Sunday School Times: ". . . la the vocabulary, nouns not proper are printed with small initial letters — a wise course, notwithstanding the contrary usage of the New English and Webster's International. . . " In general, ' A Standard Dictionary ' of the English Language is an lionest and thorougli piece of work. It well illustrates the wise study of actual good use as tested and attested by a consensus of autliority, sliowing the weight of opinion. . . " A W^ork that Should he on the Beference=Tal)le of Every School and College. Swarthinore College: Ex-.rri-siilciit Edu-ard II. MagiU, LZ.D., Pro- fessor of French Language and Literature; " We have been expecting the great dictionary /or t/ie people, and it is obvious that we are not to be disappointed. . It should be on the referencctable of every school and college in the land, as well as upon the shelves of all our great libraries." The Standard— the Ultimate Appeal. William Jewell College: rrof. J. R. Eiitoii, M.A., Pli.D.: "Ihave examined with infinite pleasure and increased admiration Volume I. of the Standard Dictionary. I am rejoiced to find how grandly it fulfills the sentiment I expressed to the publishers months ago, that it would indeed be tue Standaud not only in name, but in deed and in truth — the ultimate appeal." And this is Immortality! Iowa State Agricultural College; W. II. H/ynn, Ex-President: editor of this worls has made himself immortal." The It Comes Nearest to the Ideal. M. J. Savage, D.D., Boston, Mass.: " It is more convenient for use than Wor- ' cester's or Webster's . . . more condensed and less costly than the six-volume Century — up to the best in scholarship — the two usable volumes come nearer to the ideal of what the thousands of American readers really require." Will Occupy the First Place for Many Years to Come. B. O. Flower, Editor of The Arena: " Its superiority over other worlis of its ' class is seen in every characterizing feature of a dictionary, it is fall and com- prehensive on the one hand, and yet so carefully edited and arranged as to eliminate useless or unnecessary expressions. . . The more I have exammed this worlf, the more have I been impressed with the belief that it will occupy the first place among dictionaries of the English-spealting world for many years to A High Rank Among the Most Authoritative AVorks. New York Times: "So paclted with information about the words of our language as to give it a high -ank among the most authoritative works of its class." All that a First=rate Dictionary Sliould Be. Amherst College: Vrnf. .irthur X. Kimhall, PJi.D.: "It is plicit in definition, ; Jfrof, .Irthui- X. Kimhall, PJi.J).: . all that a first-rate dictionary should be.' Hailed with Delight by the Enirlish=speaking People Over All the W^orld. Hon. Stephen Thrasher, of Mississippi; "I regard it as the most extensive and most complete work of the kind ever published. The definitions are simple, plain, and exhaustive without the use of any superfiuous language. It will be of immense benefit to a proper and correct understanding of our language. The Standard Dictionary is a great contribution to the literature of both continents, and will be hailed with delight by scholars and English-speaking people over all the world." It Bears the Name Standard with Propriety. University of Michigan: Calvin Tliomas, Professor of Germanic Languages and Literatures: "To say that I am pleased with it is quite too weak an expression. I am delighted; and I feel sure, that as the public becomes ac- quainted with it, it will bear its name with propriety." 18. The treatment of synonyms and antonyms is a characteristic feature of the Dictionary. It is believed that this part of the work will be of very general interest and value. (See Introduciory, Vol. I., p. xii.) 19. E.'Kamples slio^ving tlie proper use of prepo- sitions have been freely supplied. (See page 41 of this An- nouncement.) Illustrates Clearly the Shades of Differences In So-called Synonyms. The Cleveland Plaindealer : ". . . Another special feature is the list of synonyms, antonyms, and prepositions following the otlier information concerning a large number of words, with the illustrations of the shades of meaning distin- guishing the proper use of the synonyms . . . new words tliat have come into use within the last three or four years have been admitted and defined. . . . Tlie " up to date " character of the work is also illustrated by the cut under bicycle. In the Century the old high wheel type is tlie only one shown; in the Standard three of the latest types are given, including the ladies' pneu- matic tire safety." AVill Never Need Another Dictionary to Help Him Out. The Times Democrat, New Orleans: ". . . He who lias the Standard at his elbow to refer to for the meaning, pronunciation, or derivation of a word, or for its compounds, ^ynonyms, antonyms, or phrase use, will never need another dictionary to help him out." Commands the Unqualified .Vdmiratiou of Great Scotch Critics. The Scotsman, fedinburgli, Scotland; "In this age of great dictionaries it was to be expected that American enterprise would do its " level best " to produce the greatest. . . . The completed first volume— a massive and beautiful tome— has more claims on admiratiou than it Is possible to mention. ... Of the caiu and labour whicli has boon bestowed on its preparation every page and every article give evidence, as also of the thorough and universal erudi- tion which has been laid under contribution. The learning of the editor-in-chief and his immediate colleagues has been supplemented by that of specialists in every department, British, Australian, and so on, as well as .Viuerican. Learning has found an excellent handmaiden in ingciuiily and invention. The plan, Henry Bradley, President of the English Pliilological Society and Assistant Editor of the New England Dictionary [Murray's] : "I formed a very favorable impression of the plan and workmanship of the Standard Dic- tionary from the specimen pages." 38 Oxford University, England : A, serve all the encomia passed upon it." H. Sayce; D.D., LL.D., Professor of Comparative Philology: "Will de- metliod, and ingenious devices adopted to secure comprehensiveness in little space and give unequalled ease of reference, and even new facilities for finding rubrics and turning over tlie pages, call for admiration. The articles have all the features common in the best modern dictionaries, and some that give distinction. Among the latter may be mentioned the treatment of synonyms and autonyms, and the directions as to the proper use of prepositions after certain words and phrases. In this and many other points the Standard Dictionary will prove itself eminently useful." ITncommonljr Compact and Convenient In Form. Tlie PMladeli)liia Times : ". . . The definitious are unusually concise, and at the same time seem to discriminate carefully the various uses of the word. . . . It is certainly comprehensive, uncommonly compact and convenient in form." Yale University is Pleased. 'Yale University: TiniotJiy Dwight, iX.7>., President: ard Dictionary very highly." ' I value the Stand- No Limit to Scottish Approval. Engineer and Iron Trades Advertiser, Glasgow, Scotland: not praise this word=book too highly." * We can- As Useful in Britain as in America. Tbe Dundee Advertiser, Dundee, Scotland: " The dictionary will be quite as useful, and should be as popular, in Britain as in America." Great EngllsU Medical Experts most Hlglily Commend. Tlie Ijancet, London, England: " The work is wonderfully good, . . it leaves nothing to be desired." Oliio lYesleyan University: «r. TT. Basft/ord, President: "After a com- parison of many words, I am quite convinced that the Standard surpasses the Century Dictionary in careful and accurate definition of words and in its illustra- tions, as well as the number of words defined." Later: " I say more emphatic- ally than ever before that it is by far the best dictionary in the English language, and I want it for constant reference." Admiration at Johns Hopkins University. Johns Hopkins University: JProf. E. H. SpieJeer: " It deserves to be- come what. you have fittingly named it: ' The Standard Dictionary of the English Language.'" J'rof. Geo. H. Villiams: "I feel sure that it will find a wide field for usefulness." Hope at the Chicago University that the Dictionary May Uead the Dictionary World. University of Chicago: J*rof. Ira M. Jfrice: "Its condensed compre- hensive clearness puts it on the top round of the ladder. It's a gem in method, make^'Up, and appearance. . . May it take the van as the legitimate leadei^ of the Dictionary world." University of Dublin Joins in the Universal Approval. University of Dublin (Ireland): Prof. Edward Dowden. Professor of English Literature: " I do not think there can be two opinions as to the char- acter of the work. I had formed high expectations of the dictionary, and they are fulfilled. It is a vast storehouse of exact and well-ordered information." Convenient, Accurate, Up to Date. Ueland Stanford Junior University: David T. J^ordan, President: " I find it compact, convenient, and accurate, and the array of names of the pfer- sons engaged in its preparation is sufficient guarantee that it is up to date." It Has Subjected the lianguage to Microscopic Scrutiny. Horace Howard Furness, Ph.D., LiIi.D.: "The loving respect with which every particle of the language is treated, and the microscopic scrutiny to which it is subjected, and its final dues accorded at the hands of the learned men who know it best, are worthy of all praise. 'Tis a pity this galleon has to be launched under these gloomy financial skies, but it is victualed for a voyage round the English>speaking world, and it will soon be in sunshine." The Great Pacific Coast Historian Thinks It the Best of all Dictionaries. Hubert H. Bancroft, Ph.D., UIi.D., the Eminent Historian, San Fran- cisco, Cal.: "I cannot too strongly express my appreciation of the Standard Dictionary. My admiration increases as time passes. For general and universal use it is superior to all others, and even, in my judgment, for students and scholars it has no equal." Most Complete, Scholarly, and Kemarhablc Book of its Kind Ever Issued. Vassar College: Prof. W. Ji. Jiuight, jlf..4., Ponghkeepsie, New York; "Ton have reason to be proud of the achievement; there can be no hesitation in saying that it is the most complete, scholarly, advanced, and remarkable book of its kind ever issued; and that it is not only an honor to its publishers but to the nation." A Judgment from the Summit of Four Score and Ten Years. General Neal Dow, Portland, Me.: "I have three other unabridged diction- aries in my library, but I consider this one of yours more desirable than all of them." 20. For tlie first time, it is lliouglit, in dictionary* making, an attempt lias been made to reduce tlie compounding of words to a scientific system — an attempt rendered necessary by the extraordinary confusion in literary and lexicograpic usage. The thoughtful consideration of scholars is invited to this special feature of the Dictionai-y. (See Vol. I., pp. XV, xvi.) 21, To avoid the confusion that often arises, especially in a dictionary, by using the hyphen for the divisions of both compound and simple words, the German double hpyhen has been used in hyphened compounds. Does Away with Much Confusion. The Hartford Courant: "... Yet another feature calling tor praise is the attempt to systemize the use of hyphened words. Compound and simple nouns are distinguished by the use of the German double hyphen, which is re- served for the loosely joined attributes, thus doing away with much confusion commonly to be noted in hyphen use, every writer being a law unto himself. . . It may be cheerfully commended and welcomed as a real addition to modern lexicography. It is the best people's dictionary that has yet appeared. . ." An Intelligent Principle Intelligently FoUowred. From the Sunday School Times : "... No two writers, probably, would agree as to the hyphenization of any fifty words taken at random; but certainly all will admit that too much irregularity and inconsistency is com- monly found in this matter. The German double hyphen is here employed for actual compounds, as against consolidated words, temporarily divided at the end of lines. The editor of this department of work in the dictionary (Mr^ Teall), has gone on the principle that words should not be hyphened unless absolutely necessary, and that, in particular. " no expression in the language should ever be changed from two or more words into one (either hyphened or solid) without change of sense." This is an intelligent principle, and it has intelligently been followed." Never a Compilation so Accurate and so Complete. The San Francisco Call : "... No writer or reader of English books has passed unnoticed the varying usage in the formation of compound words. Should one write ' paper-knife, paperknif e, or paper knife ; corn=field, cornfield, or corn field ?' . . . Three rules in ^-egard to compound forms have been fol- lowed as closely as possible all through the dictionary. The first rule is that ' all words should be separate when used in regular grammatical relation or con- struction'; the second, that 'abnormal association of words generally indicates unification in sense, and hence compounding in form,' and the third that ' n,> expression in the language should ever be changed from two or more words into one without a change of sense.' These rules seem to cover the whole question, and oiler a means of reaching a uniform method of writing compound words. It seems as if no means of securing accuracy had been neglected, and an examination of the pages in its various stages shows what a high degree of correctness the dictionary has attained. . . . Disputed spellings and pronunciations, as already stated, are laid before a special com- mittee of philologists, who mark their preferences. These are submitted for final judgment to Professor F. A. March. By this method will be given a value to the spelling and pronunciation that has never been attained before in any dictionary. ... Up to the present day there never has been a comjiUatSou so perfect and com- plete. It not only meets all modern requirements, but its innovation and changes seem to lead the way to the reform in the construction of the language which inevitably must come. Iff the great fcaturrss of a dictionary, simplicity, accuracy, and comprehensiveness, the Standard undoubtedly takes the first rank. ' . . . Ht is the Standard Dictionary of the English Tongue.' " A. C. Unsworth, San Francisco, Cal., (Mr. A. C. Unsworth, of the San Fran- cisco Call, is a graduate of the University of Oxford, and was formerly attached to one of the French faculties. For several years he has held the chair of Rhetoric and Literature at the University of Notre Dame, Indiana, and has been employed for years in lexicographic work.) vYhile according full credit to the Prof. Charles E. Munroe, formerly Chemist to the Torpedo Corps of the U. S. Navy: too high terms of praise of the fulness, accuracy, and completeness of the Standard Dictionary. . . the work fully jtistifies the title Standard so fitly given." 39 "/ cannot speak in Every tiling about Edward StanwOOd, Managing editor of The Youth's Companion, Boston : as the diclionaiy for the use of the proofreader in his ozvn room." ' We have selected the Standard Century, says, that " in definition the Standard is far superior, . . . Space and time would be required to give anything lilte an adequate idea of the merits of the Standard Dictionary. |Sufflce it to say that it comes as near to being the ' ideal dictionary ' as is possible for man"s work at this period of develop- ment to be." University of JTlieliigaii : Prof. Thotnas M. Cooley, ILL.D.f ex-Chair- man Interstate Commerce Committee: '* This system of compounding is a work of wonderful care and industry. . . . The dictionary is accurate as well in the general principles it lays down as in the rules derived therefrom, and also in the application of those rules. . . I think the dictionary justifies its name — Standard." Satisfaction at Harvard University. Harvard. University: Prof. Clement i. Smitlif TjTj.H.: "I anticipate great satisfaction from the use of the work for many years to come." Adapted for Scliolars and for tlie masses. Prof. V. li. Conrad, D.D., lili.D., WXior ot Lutheran Obsener : "I con- gratulate the publishers and editors on the remarkable success of their great undertaking. The Standard is a complete thesaurus of the English language, adapted not only for the learned, but also for general popular use." A Great Boon to tlie millions, and Very Useful to the Scliolar. AVilliam C. Winslow, Pli.D., D.D., D.C.l.., lil/.D., Boston, Vice- President for United States of the' Egypt Exploration Fund, Honorary Fellow of the Koyal Archeological Institute, etc. : " The Standard Dictionary is a great boon to the millions, while very useful to the scholar for constant reference. Its definitions and etymologies in archeological, anthropological, ethnological, and like topics, seem to me to be clear, precise, and accurate." An Early Oomniendatlon of tlie Editor of the Department of Compounds. W. J. Rolfe, M.A., D.L.., Cambridge, Mass.: "The plan of the work is ex- cellent, and, if carries out as proposed, the dictionary will be unquestionably the best one-volume book of its class ever prepared. I am particularly glad to learn that you propose to pay special attention to the compound (hyphenated and other) words, and you could not do better, I think, than to call in the aid of Mr. Teall, whose book I have read with much interest." The Severest of English Critics Commends the Treat- ment of Compounds. The Athenaeum, London, England: "Its vocabulary is the most encyclopedic that has ever been compiled. The treatment of compounds is systematic and, on the whole, satisfactory. . , . The use of a distinctive hyphen for compounds is an excellent idea, and ought to become universal. . . The illustrative quota- tions are to a great extent fresh, but arc mostly modern. . Some of the picto- rial illustrations are admirable; notably the plates of various breeds of dogs, domestic fowls, and horses, and the colored plate of gems." And the Second Volume is Better than the First- Editors are Growing men. The U. S. Geological Survey: -F. W. Clarice, Washington, D. C: "I am de- lighted. ... If the second volume equals the first the editors will be entitled to all manner of congratulations." It will Occupy the Field. mcCormick Theological Seminary (Chicago): Frof. BLerriclt Johti- son; "It bids fair to take the field for general pox>ular use." A Celebrated AVeather Bureau Expert Avho can Discern more than the Signs of the SIcy. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Weather Bureau : Prof. M. W. Uarrington, Washington, D. C. : "I think it will prove far the most use- ful and interesting En'glish dictionary extant." lndisi>ensable to English. Hamilton College: ''Prof. M. W. Strijhei; President: "An indispensable part of any English apparatus." A Discriminating Judgment from tlie Best of Liviug American Critics. Edmund Clarence Stedman : " I see at a glance that it is the most inclu- sive and scholarly of recent English dictionaries contained in not more than two volumes." 22, By a system of grouping applied to the names of coins, fruits, flowers, measures, and weights, the facts concerning this class of words Iiave hecn given with very great fulness. Under constellation, Professor Simon Newcomb lias given the names and locations of all the constellations. Under stars the same editor has given the names of all the fixed stars larger than the 3d or 4th magnitude, that have names. Under ajjpte are given the names, qualities, and habitat of over 300 varieties. See also stocks and tribes, under the word American ; the list of barks and their uses under the word hark; also under coin, see a com- plete list of coins (a table that required nearly a year of time, and almost unlimited correspondence and research) ; also a list of chenaical elements under element; under man is Professor D. G. Brinton's classification of the races of mankind based upon ethnological grounds ; under measure are given the names of upward of 800 different measures, the country in which they are used, the class (liquid, dry, etc.), national equivalents, United States and British equivalents, and metric equivalents ; under order are the names of the orders of chivahy, the country, when founded, and the reputed founder. See also a very satisfactory list of precious and ornamental stones under stone, etc. Com- parison with other dictionaries will show how few, compara- tively, of these words have been given heretofore. (See Vol. II., p. 3108 for partial hst of principal groups, etc.) u. S. Patent Office : A. 6. WilLinson, A.M., M.V., Ph.D., a Principal Examiner since 1869. Formerly Professor of Languages, University of Missouri: "I congratulate the editors on the most perfect dictionary ever made in any language and I have them and consult them in six diiferent languages almost daily. The subject matter of the Standard Dictionary, readily expansible into five or six volumes, is condensed without loss into a convenient two. " In my own special field the Standard is excellent in this respect, and so far as 1 know, it is therein unique, as it gives not only synonyms and antonyms, but it groups in sets the words that belong together. The old dictionaries do this in a few examples, as 'ship,' the human body, etc., b:it the Standard makes a poini of these groupings. The specialist will be very thankful for this. The high authority of this dictionary is one of its most important features. Being several years later than any other similar publication, and more distinctively the work of specialists in all departments of the language, its superiority in this respect cannot be questioned. I should give it the preference on all disputed points." The Flan Obviously Convenient. New York Tribune : "An extremely interesting feature of the new Diction- ary is the table under notable words. For example under the head of coffee all the varieties of the plant are identified by their commercial names and descrip- tions. . . . The plate giving examples of ancient coins is only one of those which add beauty to the volume. The colored plates are attractive. . . . The plan of collecting complex words under the head of tlie prefix with which they are formed is obviously convenient." I'nquestionable Ability of Us Makers. New Vork Tribune: London letter by Q. W. S. [G. W. Sinalley, the Trib- une's very able London correspondent] : " The Standard Dictionary is useful. It has the great advantage of being the latest. ... It profits by the unquestionable ability and industry of its makers, both of which must be evident to every Stu- dent. . In matters which are . . . lexicographical— etymologies, definitions, quotations, syiumyms, and many more— it strives to justify its name. ... It is printed with admirable clearness, on good paper, from well cut type, and in black ink. These are no light merit in a book meant to be consulted quickly. . . I will end ^\■ith the ending sentence of a long review in T/ie Chivnic/e, which is no mean authority: ' The Standard Dictionary is most creditable to American enter- prise and scholarship, and it will take an honored and useful place on a handy shelf by the busy man's desk. It is a distinctive and iudependent work, and will be frankly welcomed in England as well as America.' The notice from which that is an extract is a critical one as many otliers are critical, but that only en- hances the value of this testimony to the merit of the Standard Dictionary. ... Criticism whether general or special, does not call its utility in question, and if it did the public might be trusted to discover that this is preeminently a dictionary for the public." Its many Gootl Features. The Outlook [Christian Union], N.Y.: "... Another good feature is the plan of classifying under a general group-name very comprehensive vocabularies, thus making reference and comparison easy. .\n instance of this is the elaborate list of coins, embracing all important ancient and modern coins, with their value in Amherst College: Julius H. Seelye, LL.D., Ex-President: "...// is worthy of its name, and T con- gratulatc the editors upon having so successfully attained their very high ideal." 30 The New York Observer : ''It cannot fail to secure for its publishers the lasting gratitude of literary men. The whole country is their debtor for making the United States the locale of such a zvork." ^__ American and Englieh money; . . . saves space and makes possible tlie Stand- ard's unrivaled fulness of vocabulary. . . . Tlie definitions are, as a rule, models of terse and perspicuous Englisli. A comparison of the Standard's definitions witli tliose of its principal predecessors siiows an improvement in very many cases, eittier in tlie direction of gi'eater clearness or of sharper distinctions. . . . That perplexing subject, the com- pouKding of words, lias received more scientific treatment than in any other dictionary." As I'seful in England as in America. Xlie Dundee Advertiser, Scotland: "... To indicate the plan pursued by the editors, we take at random, the word 'horse.' Under this we find first a full definition of the word and a consideration of the principal distinctive features of the animal's anatomy. Following this there is a long and exhaustive list of com- pounds formed with the word— such as hor6e>artillery, horse-bos, horse-finch, horse-pistol— each with its meaning tersely expressed. In addition, there is a page of excellent engravings of representative types of horses. This shows the complete nature of the dictionary. Small engravings of good quality are scattered throughout the volume in great profusion, and many full pages of sketches are also incinded. . . Although the dictionary is an American production, still the English spelling of words is in all cases given in addition to that in use in the ■United States, and the dictionary will be quite as useful, and should be as popu- lar, in Britain as in America. An Easily Consulted Authority. The Toronto Globe : "It would be difficult to speak in words of too high commendation of the elaborateness and quality of the work. ... In the matter of grouping derived words around their primitives, a great many compound words, that needed only the briefest definition, have been brought under the chief word from which they were derived, and defined by a single phrase to suit each. This is convenient and comjirehenslve, and, besides saving the time of the one who consults the dictionary, saves space for the new words, which science and industrial activity are constantly adding to the language. In developing this feature of compounding, the Standard has made a decided ad- vance upon the Century, in which it was first introduced. In its special features, the new worlc furnishes a great deal of information that it would be exceedingly difiicult to find anywhere else. . . Again, the word ' constellation ' is used to give a table of the constellations in both hemispheres, with the limits of their right ascension and declination, and the number of stars which they contain. Then, under the heading of 'elements,' a table is fumislied of the chemical elements, which gives one in brief the facts about them. Under the word ' de- gree ' tlie list of degrees conferred by universities and other educational institu- tions all over the world is given. In the first volume there are nearly a hundred of these comprehensive statements in illustrations, groups, and tables, which are of a unique character, and bring together a great amount of authoritative and verified information in a classified form, where it is easily consulted. . . ." Must take Immediate Ranlc as the Best. Julius H. Ward, Literary Editor of The Boston VaUy Herald ; "It is a great and joyous surprise which I have experienced in studying Volume I. of the Standard Dictionary and trying to reach an estimate of its merits. I feel as if I had discovered one of the new agencies by which people are to be educated and the world is to be lifted. I had no idea that the editors were doing such a good piece of work. It seems to me that they have produced a dictionary which must take immediate rank as the best working dictionary for busy people on a large scale that has yet been produced. I like the spirit of progress that they have displayed, and I believe that they have furnished England and America with a work of very great value." Possibly an Autocrat of the Breakfast Table. Edward Everett Hale, D.D.: "It is the blessing of our breakfast-table. This dictionary does' great credit to the firm and to the compilers." Easy to sec its Great Triumph. Vanderbilt University: W. M. BasJcervill, M. A., Ph.D., Professor of Latin Language and Literature: "It is a work which is by reason of its many excellent features destined to win great popularity and success. It is multujn in 2)arvo. Scholarly, scientific, accurate, comprehensive, full, it will meet the wants of all classes. It is easy to see that it will become the great single-volume dictionary of tlie English language." "Sparkles with Nuggets of Golden Thoughts." College of the City of New York: Vrof. R. Ogdeii, Vorenius : "What an amount of condensed hrain-work it represents! It sparkles with nuggets of golden thoughts, and will prove a blessing to the civilized world." Complete, yet not Cumbersome. The Cliicago Daily Mail: ". . . There is every promise that the volumes will prove a useful acquisition to seekers after information on that complicated subject, the English language. The definitions are lucid and terse. conveying, as is the function of a dictionary, the information which they con- tain at a glance. The systematizationof derivatives is carried out with care, and such quotations as are given add completeness to the work without rendering it cumbersome. , . ," __^ Original and Ingenious — Superb — Superior. Joseph Cook's Boston Monday liCCture, February 5, 1884: " I hold in my hand the Standard Dictionary, issued lately in New York. This is the first volume. . . . Cooperation of great committees embracing hundreds of our best experts in langurge, has made it in several respects superior to all its rivals. It has a richer vocabulary than any dictionary tlius far published. It is claimed tliat there are three hundred thousand words in this book, and only about two hundred and twenty-five thousand in any other dictionary. It is en- cyclopedic in an unsurpassed degree. It is superbly illustrated. Its grouping of compound words is original and ingenious." Simply Amazing. Wellesley College: Frof. Wm. H. Willcox: "I must say that I am ex- ceedingly well pleased. . . . The amount of work that must have been put into it is simply amazing, while the condensations that has brought the results of that work into ready appropriation grows more and more wonderful as my familiarity with the work increases. . . The volume speaks for itself more highly than any one can speak for it." A Strong Approval from the British Museum. British Museum : F. G. Kenyan, Fellow of iVIagdaien College, Oxford, England: " It is indeed a splendid volume, and in addition to the ordinary char- acteristics of a dictionary it contains much of the information of an encyclo- It will be invaluable as a book of reference." The Most Splendid Creation of American Ehterprise, Genius, and I/earning. Col. J. B. Killebrew, M.A., Ph.D., Nashville, Tenn.: " I regard it as the most splendid creation of American enterprise, genius, and learning, and I am sure it will be quoted as long as the English language is spoken and written upon the earth." HighsWater Mark Beached— Will Supersede all Others. The Evangelical Churchman, Toronto, Ontario, Canada : " The high- water mark in dictionary construction has been reached. The ' Standard ' is far in advance of any similar work. It occupies a unique and unapproachable posi- tion, and will assuredly receive an enthusiastic welcome everywhere. A copy of it should be placed in every school and in every house in the land. . . The Standard Dictionary is a magnificent work, a complete thesaurus of our language, which must at once supersede all others. . . ." An Able Vale University Critic Comments. If ale University : Prof. T. M. Iiounshury, T^Tj.D; " Its contents are as valuable as its make-up and appearance are attractive." It Covers the Field. The Christian Advocate, New York: " Whoever has it, if he has no more, will seldom find anything in English beyond his understanding, so far as words can give it." The Fullest and Most Modern of Dictionaries, it Stands Without a Rival. The Christian Commonwealth, London, England: "It is impossible to overestimate the value of such a work as the ' Standard Dictionary.' It is not only the fullest and most modern of all the dictionaries we have seen, but its arrangement is such that for conveniences in use it stands without a rival. ... In every respect it is a decided improvement on even such diction- aries as Webster's and the Century. . . . The work is a monument of intelligent industry, scholarly research, and patient labor. We do not doubt that the die . tionary will be welcomed in this country as heartily as it has been in the United States, for it undoubtedly deserves the high commendations it has received from scholars both in Europe and America." Australia also is Satisfied with the AVork. University of Sidney : Prof. Einil J. TrecJtniaunf Australia: fully complete and concise, and a distinct advance in lexicography." ■ Wonder- 23, A purpose that has been kept constantly in mind is to supply a standard to aitl in securingf uniformity in sylla- bication and the dividing of -ivords at tlie ends of linex by printers. There is no good reason why " tum»over " words should not he divided exactly the same as in pronunciation. Columbia College : Prof. R. A. Todd : " / am exceedingly pleased with its fulness, condensation, accuracy, and completeness. Its mechanical execution is a delight to the artistic sense." 31 Journal of Education, Boston: " This is a most noteworthy production, as scientific and accurate as modern inge-^ nuity and enterprise can, nake it. . . . It will make the world its debtor, and all who write must praise itjvermore^ Selected for tlie Proofreader In the Office ot the Youths' Companion. :ii;dward Stanwood, Managing Editor Ymtlis' Companion: "Tlie tost vol- ume of the Standard Dictionary has been in constant use in oar office since it was received, and has proved extremely useful. We have selected the Standard as the dictionary for the use of the proof-reader in his own room." Meets the Requirements of Compositors and Proof=readers. The Inland Printer, Chicago: " The Standard Dictionary will be welcomed as solving many of the difficulties of both proof-reader and compositor. ... It will win favor on its merits. . . . The work is especially calculated to meet the requirements of printers. . We compliment the editors on its manifold perfections." Uniformly Consistent. The Brooklyn Times: " Questions of syllabication arise in practical print- ing only at the end of the line of type. In general, the compositor who feels that he has not only a trade but an art endeavors to avoid brealiing a word at the end of the line, but there are cases where it is not to be avoided. A late dictionary, one that holds a very high reputation, has this sample ot inconsis- tency in two succeeding words: " isl-and " and " is-lander." Such inconsistency does not appear in the Standard, and in general it is to be noted that its system ot syllabication is based on the principle which shall most uniformly assist the reader in carrying the sense from line to line." The Execution of the Work Superb. The Brooklyn Eagle: " A truly splendid addition to the ."pictorial lexicog- raphy of to-day. . . . The vocabulary of this fine lexicon is unusually full. Important questions of spelling and pronunciation have come before no less than fifty philologists. . . . A special treatment of synonyms and antonyms; syllabi- cation modified for the proper division of words at the end of the line in print- ing, the turn-over being made identical with the pronouncing division. These and many other features add to the . . . superb execution of the work." More Emphatic than Spurgeon's Overcoat Comparison. C. W. O. Nyce, Marlton, N. J. : " To say we are delighted, but tamely expresses our joy in the possession of this literary treasure. Spurgeon said sell your coat and buy Matthew Henry's Commentary. I say mortgage or pawn the Com- mentary to get the ' Standard.' Sometimes I feared (before the book came) it might be awkward work to change from Webster, but I find it not so. There would be no risk tO say to any person of judgment, buy the Standard and if you don't say you get more than your money, keep the book and I'll refund the price." ^ . Its Characteristic Features make it the Best of Dictionaries.. University of Nashville: W. B. Vayne, Chancellor: " Its characteristic features make it, in my opinion, the best English dictionary for general use." Col. Kobert G. Ingersoll : "The first volume is in every way admirable." To be Universally Kecognlzed as the Standard. University of Pennsylvania : Frof. E. Muybridge: " Deserves to be as I believe it will, when completed, be universally recognized as the ' Standard ' of our language." Only Superlatives Express the Good Opinions. The Evening Times, Glasgow, Scotland: " It is impossible to speak in other than the highest terms of praise." Washington and Uce University: Prof. J. A-. Harrison: miracle of combined fulness and condensation." ' It is a Authors and Printers will Call the Standard Blessed. The Chicago Interior: " Printers have been so arbitrary and ignorant as to the principles governing the compounding ot words that a(ithors and editors will call the Standard blessed. We are glad that an attempt is here made to secure uniformity in syllabication and in printers' dividing words at the end of lines. The scholarship of the dictionary in hand is suftlciently vouched for by the approval of such lexicographers, litterateurs, and scholars as Skcat, Murray, Sayce, Dowden, Carroll D. Wright, W. T. Harris, Nature, the gi'eatest scientific magazine of England, Lounsbury, and Joseph Cook. Expectations were not too High. University of Michigan: Frof. W. J{. Fettee: "It fully justifies the favorable comments made by those who have seen it." 24, The pictorial illustrations liave been made especially for tliis work, in accordance with the general rule that pictui-es in a dictionary should be definitive of the objects! A dictionary should not be a picture-book ; yet this rule has been deviated from so far as to permit the admission of a few pictures largely because of their historic or general cyclopedic value. The drawmg and engi-aving of the iUusti-a- tions have been in harmony with the general plan of the Dic- tionary, that of having the work of each department com- mitted, so' far as possible, to speciahsts. See plate of dogs (di-awn by J. Carter Beard), the plates of cattle, fowls, horses, sheep, and swine; the plates of gems and of decorations made by artists under the dkection of the Art Department of Tiffany & Co. The artists of Tiffany & Co. have also prepared the copy for the colored plates, coats of arms under national, flowering^ plants under plant; signahflags under signal; national, state, and territorial seals, etc., under seal. Prang & Company, of Boston, printed the masterpiece of lithographic art found in Vol. I. under gem, and the plates of flags. Also the plates of Na- tional Coats of Arms, and the Solar Spectrums and Typical Colors in Vol. II. The pages of coins, mankind, and seals were made by Kurtz & Co., of New York City. 25. An important feature is the exact defini- tion of the six primary colors of the spectrum, of which a table will be found in Vol. II., containing the analysis of several hundi-ed shades and tints now before the pubUc in various forms, many of wliich bear fancy names. This branch of the work was done in the Physical Depai-tment of Columbia College, under the supervision of Associate Professor William Hallock, Ph.D. The table is accompanied by a fine colored plate by Messrs. Prang & Company, of Boston, giving the exact shades of a large number of colors. To produce this plate it required more than fifty sepai-ate lithograpliic printings. (See this Announcement, page 35.) Truly Gorgeous. The Chicago Herald: " . . The pictures are beautiful, onecol- ored plate, giving some of the best gems and precious stones of the world, in- cluding the Jewish high priest's breastplate, is superb; and a double page of the orders and decorations of all countries, is truly gorgeous. The study of this new dictionary promises a great deal of instruction. . . ." An Invaluable W^ork.— An Admirable Specimen of Fine Art. The Hartford Times: "... It is indeed a splendid and invalu- able work. . . . It is an admirable specimen of fine art; it shows the capac- ities of modern appliances, in the printer's art as well as the draughtsman's, to produce 23 such beautiful pictures [the page of birds in colors by Prang & Co.]. There are illustrations on nearly every page. But it is not the illustrations, good as these are, that give to this great work its chief value. . . ." Pictorial Illustrations, Original, Numerous, Admirable. The Baltimore Sun: " The Standar-d is worthy of all commendation. It is remarkably full, accurate, and complete. Bach set of wonls has, as a rule, been treated by an expert in the science, art, craft, etc., to which the terms belong. . . . The pictorial illustrations are original, mimerous, .ind admirable. Xot nn- frequently they ai-e in colors. . , ." Truly Masterpieces. Revie^v of Kcvlews, London, England: " Tlie colored plates are truly mas- terpieces of lithographic art. . . . Paper, type, binding, etc., are all of the best." The Perfection of Taste. Edgar Faivcett : " The dictionary seems to me, in philological discrimination, carefulness, penetration, comprehension, and general scholarly troatmenti al- most beyond criticism. Its material trapping is the perfection of taste." A Genuine Surprise at the Vandcrbilt I'nivcrslty. Vanderbllt University: Charle.i Foster Smith, Ph.n., Pi-ofessor ot Qreell Language and Literature : " 1 was not fully prepiuvd to cxiwct such beautiful work either on the hisido or on the outside of Uie dictionary. My ap- preciation of the work has been steadily growing, ospcoially for the past two Princeton College: Pkof. T. W. Hunt, Ph.D., Lit.D., Professor of English: "The Standard Ihctiomrr will be the English people' s zvord book." Later: "I avimorc than ever convinced that it i^'ill represent, in admirable combination, those scholarly and popular elements that such a work should exhibit." 83 The St. James's Budget [Weekly of St. James's Gazette], London, England : ''From zvhat ever point of view this handsome work is approached it not only stands the test of criticism, but proves its right to be considered a mag- nificent triumph. It were difficult to praise it too highly; it is a work for which all who speak the English language may be justly grateful^ years — since I looked in on the New York editorial rooms in July, 1891 — still a genuine surprise was in store for me. Every special feature of the work that I have examined has proved more thorough and excellent than I had anticipated. I believe that it ought to be, and will be, the people's English dicilona'i'yy A Grand and Noble Work. University of Virginia: A., M. Scheie De T'erc, P7i.Z)., i/i.D., Pro- fessor Modern Languages: "A truly magnificent volume — a grand and noble work/' Has Marked IniproTcments over other Dictionaries. William £ltot Griffis, D.D.: "I am very highly pleased with the richness and abundance of the illnstrations, the exquisite execution of the colored plates in the Standard Dictionary. ... It certainly has marked improvements over the other dictionaries. . . . The editors have done a great service to all English^ speaking people by making the Standard Dictionary." Tlie Opinion of a Medical Expert of W^orld=W^ide Fame. Columbia College : rrof. T. Mitcliell JPrudden, M.D., Professor of Pathology: " A noteworthy achievement in art, as well as in letters." A Leading Professor of Columbia College, New York, Well Pleased. Columbia College: Frof. Ogden N. Mood: "A valuable, elaborate, and admirably illustrated dictionary." A Sample of TUousands of Letters from Subscribers. C. R. Strong, New Brunswick, N. J.: ''Yours is in the reach of the many and being thorough and down to the latest date must necessarily till a want the Cen- tury could never supply, and will fill it well. He who has your Standard will need no other English dictionary whether it be in the minister's study, the doc- tor's office, or the counting house of the man of business. I don't value it from a money standpoint. It is invaluable and only needs to be seen and studied a lit- tle to be thoroughly appreciated. If it proves as great a success to you from a business point of view as it has a dictionary your enterprise will have richly re- paid you, and the public ought to rise up and give you a vote of thanks for your grand effort as well." Beautiful l.I>., LL.!*., Chancellor of Chautauqua, U.S.: " I am surprised and delighted with its compactness and fulness; its ingenious and economical arrangement of words, and its wealth of illustrations. One is tempted to declare that the artistic charm of the single page devoted to the illus- trations of precious stones is worth the price of the volume." A Propliecy tliat lias been Fullilled — How First Pros- pectus Impressed a Leading Fducator. t. S. Gregory, ex'=President of the Lake Forest University, and formerly Pro- fessor of English Literature and Mental Science in the University of Worcester, Ohio. [Written before Dr. Gregoiy was in any way connected with the work.] "I have given the sample pages of the Standard Dictionary careful exam- ination, comparing them with the corresponding portions of the Webster Inter- national, the Century, etc, The work is incomparably superior to the Web- ster [the International]. . . . The ' Directions for Definers ' are most admirably scientific and complete. If complied with, they will make a perfect dictionary. You are taking a step in the right direction in introducing the use of ' the Scien- tific Alphabet ' in the pronunciation. . . . The use of the German double hyphen is a great advance upon the old method, which often leaves one in doubt whether the division is meant to indicate the relation of syllables or that of wot'ds. Allow me to call attention to the following special features, and to express the hope that in these respects the remainder of the work may not exhibit a falling off from the standard of the opening pages: "1. You have had the wisdom to discern what are the main uses of a diction- ary for the average man or boy. They want in the shortest time, and by the nearest ronte, to get at the common meaning of the word. You have done well to place this first in order and to emphasize it with bold'faced numerals. The historical order of development is, of course, the natural one for the philologist and etymologist, but not for the dictionary. Such order is, moreover, in very many cases as yet scientifically undetermined. *'3. A very valuable feature of the dictionary is in the addition of careful illustrations of the distinctions in, the use of synonyms, e. g., under 'Abandon '; ' The king abdicates his throne,' etc. A ' pile of synonyms ' is absolutely worth- less to the boy; while the mature and scholarly mind will find it hard to get at any such nice distinctions from the m.aterial furnished by most of the diction- aries. "3. In definition, the Standard makes a great advance upon all others. This is especially seen in the scientific portions, e. g., under 'Aardvark' and 'Aard- wolf ' the International gives merely loose descriptions, which omit some of the essential features, while the Standard embraces all the essentials in com- pact form. In definition I have regarded Worcester as preferable to Web- ster. Indeed, the failure to distinguish definition from description has been one of the marked features of the latter. The man who consults a dictionary wants an accurate and complete definition. "4. The illustrations of the Standard are unequaled, e. g., 'the evolution of the letter A.' " If the Standard keeps up to the grade of its first pages, it cannot, in my estimation, fail to stand alone as the dictionary for the people." An Ingenious Arrangement. Tlie Spectator,London,Eng.: " . . . The printing is marvellously accurate. . . . The calf binding is strong and handsome, without being stiff in the back. Easy reference is provided for by a set of thurab'=notches down the fore-'cdge, leading successively to the pages o.:^ which the A4ist, B^list, and so on, begin. Further, the exact places of the several notches are indicated by corresponding capital letters printed exactly over the notches, not only along the covers, but also along one margin of every leaf, so that, without lifting the book, or even looking at the fore edge, the consulter can at once pounce upon any section he may require. This ingenious arrangement saves much time, and is an example of the publish- ers' consideration for the purchaser they have specially in view — namely, the busy man, or 'average reader;' or, as the prospectus calls him, 'the everyday man.' Very numerous, however, and generally well handled, are the scientific terms of almost every department of knowledge." Facility of Consultation. Xbe Bookseller, London, England: "Taking it as a sample of what is to fol- low, we are much impressed by i.t. Even its outward appearance — in strength of binding combined with good design, easy openhig of the volume, clearness of type and abundant illustrations — is in itself a recommendation. Eacility of Con- sultation is also afforded by the employment of Denison's patent reference index. When one comes to examine more closely into the work, the vast accessions to English terminology that it contains, the carefulness of its definitions, the exhaust- ive list of its meanings of words, the accuracy with which technical and scien- tific subjects are treated— one is not surprised at the scale upon which the Standard Dictionary was planned and is being carried through. . . " A New Feature. Tlse Fvening Times, Glasgow, Scot.: "Never before so many capable workers engaged in making a dictionary. ... It is impossible to speak in other than the highest terms of praise. The printing is beautifully clear, the type, though necessarily small, being exceedingly sharp and well defined, while the catchwords stand out with all the requisite distinctness. The'illustrations in the text are very numerous and well executed, and are strictly confined to purposes of use, no space being wasted on show pictures. Several pages of beautiful coloured illustrations are included in Vol. I. These comprise birds, badges of honour, coins, flags, and gems. A feature of book-^making which we do not recollect having seen applied to any work published in this country, is Denison"s Patent Reference Index. This device enables the reader, by means of thumbsindentations in the outer edge, to get at the letter required without loss of time." 26. The Appendix. — For convenience and ready refer- ence, the Appendix of Proper Names is arranged in one alphabeti- cal order. If one wishes to know the meaning or pronunciation of a proper name, and is not sure whether it is a name in geog- raphy, history, fiction, mythology, biogx'aphy, or bibliography, etc., he will not be required to turn to separate glossaries, but, by simply turning to the one alphabetical order, he will find. the word with pronunciation and meaning, and will learn there whether it is a name in history, fiction, etc. Dictionary of Proper Names Excellent. Dickinson College: George Edw<;ird need. President: "When I sub- scribed for the Standard Dictionary I builded better than I knew, for the work far excels anything that I then expected, . . . The dictionary of proper names surpasses that appended to any other dictionary." Whitehall Review, London, England : literary enterprise,'' *' We have no hesitation in according it a first place in the big things of 33 The Scotsman, Edinburgh, Scotland : "... It is a massive and bcautiftd tome — has more claims on ad- miration than it is possible to mention. . . . Of the care and labor which has been bestowed on its preparation, every page and every article give evidence." A Single Vocaltnlai'}' Order an Improvement. Brooklyn Times: William Churchill, Literary Editor: " In the appendix of proper names tliere is manifest an improvement so simple tliat it is a wonder tliat no one liad discovered it before. All words of this class are assembled ill a single vocabulary, and he who hunts the name of a person or of a place, of a character in fiction or in one of the several systems of theology need not puzzle his thought to recall whether it is a name of a man, an ancient Hebrew, ap equally ancient Eoman or Greek, a character in a book or play, a place ou the maps, but turns to it at once and finds all those things resolved for him, along with the full identificatory circumstances. In the matter of geographical names it is refreshing to observe that the editors have adopted as of paramount author- ity the conclusions readied by tlie Board on Qeograplilc Names. These conclusions, drawn from the bulletins published by that office of the national government, have not been lightly reached, each settlement of a name represents days, wee^s, and months of investigation. We can speak with assurance of the work which accompanied the excision of the intruding '' h " from the name Bering. It ip within the knowledge of this reviewer that before that unnecessary and intrusive letter could be recommended for extirpation in correction of a manifest mistake there was involved almost a year's work in the examination of weather-worn charts, of logs and letters of the great explorer, and this not only in Washington, but in the remotest parts of Alaska, not only in this country but in England, Eussia, and Denmark, in order that there might be neglected no source of information. The variations in spelling and pronuncia- tion form an appendix in which are collated not only the recommendations of former lexicographers but the mature judgment of tlie ripest scliolar- sliip of tlie day. Other additions carry the usual list of foreign words and phrases which may properly find a subordinate recognition in an English dic- tionary as they find a slight hospitality in English speech, lists of abbreviations needing explanation." 27. Indexing. — By means of the Denison Patent Index, reference to any letter is greatly simplified. By placing the finger in the notch corresponding to the letter on the margin of each page and cover, the Dictionary can be opened readily at the letter desired. TTseful Information. The Glasgow Weekly Herald, Glasgow, Scotland: "... Of features be- longing to the second volume, regarding which we hope to speak at some future time, may be mentioned the exact definition of the primary colours to be given under the word "spectrum," and tlie Appendix, which will comprise a pro- nouncing dictionary of biographical, geographical, and historical names, and other useful information. . . . It is impossible to speak in other than the Iiig'liest terms of praise. . . ." Full of Statistical Information. Tlie Belfast Age, Belfast, Ireland: " . . It were difficult to praise this splen- did dictionary too highly. It is a work for which all who speak the English language may be justly grateful. The Appendix, consisting of 150 pages (only a part which is yet completed, however) gives Scripture proper names, foreign words, phrases, and maxims, names of characters celebrated in fiction and mythology — in short all geographical, biographical, and historical names, with full explanatory and statistical information — and all in one alphabetical arrange- ment. Space forbids reference to many other excellencies of the work. We respectfully suggest to any of our readers, who contemplate purchasing a dic- tionary, get the best; hence, wait till vou see the Standard." Rev. David Cole, Yonkers, N. T. ; " With the Denison Patent Index it is a perfect pleasure to refer to every subject and point. The Appendix is admirable every way. Tou have rendered vast service to every lover and student of the English language." Increasing' Satisfaction. Wittenberg Theological Seminary : Frof. i. A.. Gothwald, Spring- fipld, O ; "My use of the first volume of the Standard has afforded me constant and increasing satisfaction. In no single instance, when referring to it, have I been disappointed or dissatisfied. I am especially pleased with its theological definitions. I recommend it to my students as, in all respects, the best English lexAion they can purchase for general use." Urged my Friends to Adopt It. Regent's Office : Meleil Veicey, Albany, N. Y.: "I am looking eagerly for the second volume of the dictionary, my high opinion of whicli the publishers have. I have long urged my friends to adopt this as their handy dictionary. . . . I should like to see it scattered through the country." V. S. Consul : A. C. Br ice, Matanzas, Cuba: " Strange to relate not an Amer- ican dictionary m this consulate — must have one and the Standard is the one I want. Please send a copy down to the enclosed address, and any captain of the Ward line of steamers will take pleasure in bringing it to me, and I will gladly remit price of same." lilxxionent of American Scliolarship. William Jewell College: Prof. iT. Jt. Eaton: "One cannot hut be proud of it as an exponent of American scholarship and American business enterprise." A monument to Contemporary Scholarship. tVofford College : .fames B. Carlisle, Xi.B., President, Spartanbnrg, S. C: "I do not see how a better dictionary could be put into two volumes. The Standard Dictionary will certainly be an educating influence in the home which is so fortunate as to secure a copy."— Jl. N. Snyder, Professor of Eng- lish: "After an examination of the new Standard Dictionary, I am prepared to say that, as a general dictionary, I consider it superior to any dictionary pub- lished in this country or in England. It is not only a monument to contemporary scholarship in accuracy, tlioroughness, and comprehensiveness, but also in the paper, printing, and illustrations, it is a fine example of modem book»making art." Close Approach to Perfection. W^illlamston Female College: Prof. 8. Lander, Williamston, S. C: " It is very difficult to express in few words my high opinion of the Standard Dictionary. The points of superior merit are bewilderingly numerous and con- spicuous. My expectations of it were very high, but after the daily use of the first volume for several months, I am still amazed at the richness of its vocabu- lary, the fulness of its definitions, the high value and artistic quality of its illus- trations, the elegance of its typography, — in a word, its close approach to perfec- tion in every respect. It goes far beyond my highest expectations. I do not see how I could do without it." A Surprise to All. Supreme Court of Kansas: Ex. Cliief Justice Kingman: "Noting the color plates, we would say that the beauty of the coloring is a sui-prise to all; but as we become more familiar with the work, it commands respect for its solid worth, settling for the family many disputed questions. . . . The Standard in its wonderful table on colors tells us the exact shade. "With it no lady need be in doubt about the many nen^ and fashionable colors." State Superintendent of Indiana: Berveij D. Foj'i'es, Indianapolis: " It takes a more comprehensive field than any single volume dictionary I know of. Particularly commendable and indispensable to a fli'st»class dictionary are the insertion and treatment of synonyms and antonyms; the systematic treat- ment of the compounding of words; its admirable adaptation to the use of the general reader without in the least diminishing its value for the linguistic student. I cheerfully commend it." State Superintendent of Minnesota : W. W. Pendergast, St. Paul: " The Standai-d Dictionary will combine so many and such striking advantages that it will be at once recognized as one of the most useful works of a century, remarkable for its valuable contributions to our literature." State Superintendent of Iowa: J^. H. Kno»/>/Jer, Des Moines: "lam much pleased with the plan of the work, especially with the arrangement of Its definitions and etymologies, its completeness and its treatment of compounds." State Superintendent of AVisconsin: Oliver E. Wells, Madison: "Among the special excellencies of the work, perhaps none is better worthy of commendation than the fact that it makes plain and prominent the things for which the ordinary reader consults a dictionary, viz, : the pronunciation and the present usage of words. Alone, among English dictionaries it treats the com- pounding of words in a consistent and coherent manner." State Superintendent of Michigan: Henry B. Patt&ngill, Lansing: "The publishers have certainly done a most excellent piece of work, and the editors have given to the public cue of the choicest dictionaries yet made. I am especially pleased with its work in punctuation, syllabication, capitalization, and compounding." JustiHes its Proud Name. W. AV. Seaman, County Superintendent of Schools, Los Angeles, Cal. : "An examination of the first volume of the Standai-d Dictionary, procured for the Teachers' Library, justifies the proud name of ' Stjindard.' The ablest lexicog- raphers with tlie latest results of word-study and the great outlay of pains and money make it unquestionably the greatest literary production of the century." Should be In Every School. Occidental %vi\v.~ Antonyms : antagonism, conflict, controversy, difference, disagreement, discord, disproportion, dissension, dis- union, hostility, incongruity, inconsistency, opposition, schism, separation, variance. By the first reference the reader is directed to melody, where he will find the musical synonyms fully treated as follows : melody. Syyioujims: harmony, music, unison. Harmony is simultaneous: melody is successive; harmony is the pleasing correspondence of two or more notes sounded at University College of Wales : Prof. H. Eth£, M.A., Ph.D. shown this magnificent hook, a marvelous production!' " It appears to me, as to all to whom I have 37 Columbia College: Prof. T. tncnt in art as zvcll as in letters." Mitchell Prudden, M.D., Professor of Pathology: "^ noteworthy achieve- once, laehxlij the pleasing succession of a number of note's coutinuouely following one another. A mHodij may he wholly in one part; harinonij must be of two or more i)iuts. Accordant notes of different pitch sounded simultaneously produce Jiaf- mony; miimn is tlie simultaneous ^=(mnding of two or more notes of the same pitch. When the pilch is the same, there may be unUon l)et\\een sounds of very different volume ana quality, as a voice and a hell may sound in unison. Tones sounded at the interval of an octave are also said to be in imisou, although this ife not literally exact; this iisjiiie arises from the fact that bass and tenor voices in attempting to sound the same note as the soprano and alto will in fact sound a note an octave be- low. Mi's'fc may denote The simplest melody or the most complex and perfect hannony. lltlldCl'. Si/nnnt/nts : bar, block, check, clog, counteract, delay, emharrasfi, encumber, iin[)cde, interrupt, obstruct, oppose, prevent, retard, stay, stop, thwart. Anaction is prevented by anything that comes in before it to make it impossible; it is hiudereii by anything that keeps it from either beginning or ending so soon as it otherwise would, or as expected or intended. It is more common, however, to say that the start is delayed., the progress hindered. An action that is hindered does not take place at the appointed or appropriate time; that which is prevented does not take place at all ; to hinder a thing long enough may amount to pret^enling it. A railroad^train may be hindered by a snow=storni from arriving on time; it may he prevented by special order from starting. Obstructed roads InrMer the march of an enemy, though there may be no force strong enough to oppose it. See cueck; obstruct.— -l^iioni/wi*: see synonyms for accelerate.— Prepositions : hinder one in his progress; from acting promptly; by opposition. lig-lit. Synoiiytns: blaze, flame, flare, flash, flicker, glare, gleam, glimmer, glistening, glitter, glow, illumination, incandescence, scintillation, sheen, shimmer, shine, shining, sparkle, twinkle, twinkling. KJimne is both hot and luminous; if it contains few solid particles it will jneld little light, though it may afford intense heat, as in the case of a hydrogen =;?c(/rte. A Uaze'is an extensive, brilliant j^ame. Light is the gen- eral term for any luminous effect discernible by the eye, from the faintest phosphor- escence to the blaze o( the noonday sun. A flare is a wavering jfZa??ie or blaze; a flash is SL light rliiit appear,? and disappears in an instant; as, vl flash of lightning; the flash of gunpowder. The glare and glow are steady, the glare painfully bright, the (7to^y subdued; as, the lyto'e of torches ; the ^/ow of dying embers. Shine sjoA shining refer to a steady or continuous emissioii of light; sheen is a faint shining, usually by reflection. Oliiiiiaer, glitter., and shimmer denote wavering light. We speak of the glimmer ot.dlstant lamps through the mist; of the shimmer of waves in sunlight or •\XiOonlight. A gleam is not wavering, but transient or intermittent; -a sudden gleam of light came through the half'^open door; a glitter is a hard light\ as, the glitter of burnished arms. A sparkle is a sudden light, as of sparks thrown oUt; scintillation is the more exact and scientific term for the actual emission of s'parks, also the figurative term for what suggests such emission; as, scirit illations of wit or of genius. Twinkle and twinkli?hg are used of the intermittent light of the fixed stars. Glistening is a shining as from a wet surface. Illumination is a wide^^spread, bril- liant light, as when all the windows of a house or of a street are lighted. The light of incandescence is intense and white like that from metal at a white heat. look. Synonyni.'i : behold, contemplate, descry, discern, gaze, glance, inspect, re- gard, scan, see, stare, survey, view, watch. To see is simply to become conscious of an object of vision; to look is to make a conscious and direct endeavoi- tb see. To be- Jwld Is to fix the sight and the mind with distinctness and consideration upon some- thing that has come to be clearly before the eyes. Wc may look, withbut seeing., as in pitch-darkness, and we may see without looking, as in case of a flash of lightning. To gaze is to look intently, long, and steadily upon an object. To glance is to look casually or momentarily. To stare is to look with a fixed' intensity such as is the ef- fect of surprise, alarm, or rudeness. To scan is to look at minutely, to note every visible feature. To inspect is to go below the surface, uncover, study item by item. View and survey are comprehensive, survey expressing the greater exactness of meas- urement or estimate. Watch brings in the element of time; we ziia^cA for a move- ment or change. See appear. obstinate. Si/nonyms: contumacious, decided, determined, dogged, firm, fixed, head- strong, heady, immovable, indomitable, inflexible, inti-actable, mulish, obdurate, opinionated, |>er6istent, pertinacious, refractory, resolute, resolved, stubborn,. uncon- querable, unflinching, unyielding. The head.-^frong person is not to be stopped in his own course of action, while the obstinate and stubborn is not to be driven to another's way. The heads/ro,ig act; the obslbiate and slnhborn may simply refuse to stir. Ihe most amiable person may be obstinate on some one, point; the stubborn person is lor the most part habitually so; we speak of obstinaU' determination, A,(//^6o/7M-e6istance. ^/wMorw 18 the term most frequently applied to animals and inanimate things. lie- //■ac^o?"?/ implies more activity of resistance; the stubbo?'7i horse balks; the n-Jradonj animal plunges, rears, and kicks; metals that resist ordinai-y processes of reduction are termed refracionj. One is obdurate wlio adheres to his purpose m spite of ap- peals that would move any tender-hearted or right-minded person. Contiiinactoits refers to a proud and insolent deflance of authority, as of the summons of a court. Pert'inaoims demand is contrasted with obstinate refusal. The unyiddtng conduct which we approve we call decided, firm, inflexible, resolute; that which we condemn we are apt to term headstrong, obsh/ia/e, stubbmrn. See perverse. — J /*/«/*//»*«; amenable, complaisant, docile, dutilul, gentle, irresolute, obedient, plialjle, ].liunt, submissive, teachable, tractable, undecided, wavering, yielding. Sifitonyins: cast, delegate, depute, despatch, discharge, dismiss, emit, fling, forward, hurl, impel, lance, launch, project, propel, sling, throw, transmit. ,Stiiv/ii5, and we sometimes speak of poison oaa fruits, as the denies of the nightshade. A vegetable.. in the popular sense, is any part of a herbaceous plant commonly used for culinary purposes, and may consist of the root, as in the beet and turaip; the stem, as in the asparagus, celery, and rhubarb (or pie=plant); a tube^', or underground stem, as in the potato; the foliage, as in cabbage and spinach; or of that which is botanically the fruit, as in the tomato, bean, pea, and eggplant. Thus the tomato is both s, fruit and a ■vegetable, though for table use and in the garden and market it ranks as a vegetable only. In like manner the pumpkin and squash, which are botanically fpiits, are classed as vegetables; while the melon, which is of the same family, is termed a. fruit. '■'■ThQ fruits of certain low=^iowiig perennial plants are specifically termed by horticulturists ' small fimits,^ including the strawberry, raspberry, blackhen'y, gooseberry, currant, hucklebeiTv, and cranberry. The term includes grapes, but excludes cherries." Ckozier Diet, of Bot, Terms, 1892. Edible products that grow under ground are commonly classed as vegetables, wheth- er edible roots, as the beet, turnip, and carrot, or pota- toes and onions, which are not true roots, but modified stems. Peanuts (groundnuts or goobers) are tsw^fimits, though ripening underground. The/rai^ of the potato is the so-called potato-'ball, which is botanically a beri'y. The terms roots and root^crop are used specifically in tne agricultural sense of beets, turnips, carrots, mangel' wurzels, etc., especially as designed for feeding cattle, Compare harvest. Century., Ko Synonyms. International. [The only matter for comparison here is the following encyclopedic note under vegetable.] Vegetables and fruits are sometimes loosely distin- guished by the usual need of cooking the former for the use of man, while the latter may be eaten raw; but the distinction often fails, as in the case of quinces, barber- ries, and other fruits, and lettuce, celery, and other veg- etables. Tomatoes if cooked are vegetables, if eaten raw, are fruits. (!) The Standard alone gives synonyms clearly discriminating the words revolve^ roll, and rotate, which are treated by no other Dictionary. revolve. Synonyms : roll, rotate, turn. Any round body rolls which continuously touches with successive portions of its surface successive portions of another surface; a wagon-'wheel rolls along the ground. To rotate is said of a body that has a circular motion about its own center or axis; to revolve is said of a body that moves abqut a center outside of itself. A revolving body may also either rotale or roll at the same time; the earth revolves around the sun, and rotates on its own axis; in popular usage, the earth is often said to revolve about its own axis, or to have a daily revolution, but rotate and rota- tion are the more accurate terms. A cylinder over which an endless belt is drawn is said to roll as regards the belt, though it rotates as regards its own axis. Any ob- ject that is in contact with or connected with a rolling body is often said to roll; as, the car rolls smoothly along the track. Objects whose motion ai)proximates to or suggests a rotary motion along a supporting surface are also said to roll; as, ocean waves roll in upon the shore, or the ship rolls in the trough of the sea. Tarn is a con- versational and popular word often used vaguely for rotate or revolve, or for any motion about a fixed point, especially for a motion less than a complete rotation or revolution; a man turns his head or turns on his heel; the gate turns ^\i\\s> '\\v^gi&%.— Am.towyvns : bind, chafe, grina, slide, slip, stick. Caroll D. Wright, United States Bureau of Statistics, Washington: '' I find the definitions not only correct but wonderfully clear and terse T 39 College of the City of New York : Prof. R. Ogden Doremus, M.D., LL.D.: golden thoughts and ivill prove a blessing to the civilized zvorld." "It sparkles i^nth nuggets of The Standard alone has adequately ti-eated the synonyms of the common but impoi-tant word tool This will be evident by the following comparison : ____^_^ Statidard. tool. . Sij7in>ii/nis: apparatus, appliance, implement, in- Btru'ment, machine, mechanism, utensil. A tool is both contrived and used for extending the force of an intelli- gent agent to something that is to be operated upon. Those things by which pacific and industrial operations are performed are alone properly called tools^ those de- signed for warlike purposes being designated weapons. Ah instrimient is anything through which power is ap- plied and a result produced; in general usage, the word IS of considerably wider meaning than tool; as, a piano is a musical iTtstmiTnem. Instrument is the word usual- ly applied to tools used in scientific pursuits; as, we speak of a surgeon's or an optician's instruments. An implement is a mechanical agency considered with refer- ence to some specific purpose to which it is adapted; as, an agricultural imijlement; imjpleTnents of war. Imjile- nient is a less technical and artificial term than tool. The paw of a tiger might be termed a terrible vmplement, but not a tool. A utensil is that which may be used for some special purpose; the word is especially applied to articles used for domestic or agricultural purposes; as, kitchen utensils; farming utensils. An appliance is that which is or may be applied to the accomplishment of a result, either independently or as subordinate to something more extensive or important: every mechanical tool is an appliance^ but not every appliance is a tool; the traces of a harness are appliances for traction, but they are not tools. Mechanism is a word of wide meaning, denoting any combination of mechanical devices for united action. A machine in the most general sense is any mechanical instruTnent for the conversion of motion ; in this sense a lever is a machine; but in more commonly accepted usage a machine is distinguished from a tool by its com- plexity, and by the combination and coordination of powers and movements for the production of a result. A chisel by itself is a tool; when it is set so as to be operated by a crank and pitman, the entire mechanism. is called a Tnachine; as, a mortising=mac/iz«e. (Compare MACHiNE=T00L, under MACHINE.) An apparatus may be a machine, but the word is commonly used for a collec tion of distinct articles to be used in connection or com bination for a certain purpose, a mechanical equipment; as, the apparatus of a gymnasium; especially, for a col- lection of appliances for some scientific purpose; as, a cheqiical or surgical apparatus; an apparatus may in- clude many tools, instruments, or implements. Imple- ment is for the most part and uten.sU is altogether re fitricted to the literal sense; instrument, machine, and tool have figurative use, instrument being used largely in a good, tool always in a bad sense ; machine inclmes to the unfavorable sense, as implying that human agents are made mechanically subservient to some controlling will; as, an instrument of Providence; the tool of a tyrant; a political machine. Century. tool. Stjn.: Implement, insti'ument, tool, utensil. An im- plemtnt is wnatevcr may supply a want or a requisite to an end; it is always regarded in reference to its particu- lar use; as, agricultural implements; implements of war. An instrument is anything which is employed in doing work or producing a certain result; as, surgical, mathe- matical, musical instruments. A tool is something less specific than an implement, and, when used physically, is one of the smaller implements of a mechanic art, such as can be worked by the hand; as, gardenere' tools; joiners' tools. A utensil is literally something to be used ; the w^ord has by usage become restricted to articles of domestic or farming use. In figurative nse, instrument is generally employed in a good sense, but tool in a dis- honorabieand contemptuous sense; we speak of a man as the instilment of Providence, or as the mere tool of cunning men. Formerly implement had a figurative sense. JiiternatioHitl . [No synonyms at tool. The following are given without reference at instrument.! instriinieiit. Tool; implement; utensil; machine; apparatus; medium; channel; agent. Here the statement in the Standard will be found to excel that in the other dictionaries, not only in fulness but in accuracy. Take, for instance, the first sentence in the Comparative paiagraph quoted from the Century: Xreatment of "^ " '^ ^ Implement. "■*■" implement is whatever may supply a want or [be?] a reqtiisitc to an end.'* Then a loaf of bread is an implement; so is a glass of water, or any other article of food or drink ; any article of clothing would also be an implement, and we might say, "The drenched traveler arrayed himself in dry implements and eagerly devoured the hot implements that were set before him." In fact, the dif- ficulty is to imagine anything that is not an impilement, according to this comprehensive statement. The error here undoubtedly arose from too close an adherence to the etymology, implement (from the Latin in, in, and jj?eo, fill) meaning originally that which fills up or supplies a need or va- cancy — a sense that is archaic and practically obsolete, and cer- tainly never thought of by those who use implement as a synonym of tool. The Standard here as in all cases, keeps to the present, living meaning of the word it treats. Following the statement in the Centurij a little further, we read, "A fool . . . when used pliysically, is one of the smaller implements of a mechanic art," etc. That is, tool, which has been declared to be "less specific" is ineluded as a species under the genus implement, wliich we have been given to vmderstand is the more specific. But what is meant by "A tool . . . u-henused ]]hysically''? A tool that can be "used physically" is ordinarily incapable of any mental or spiritual use ; what, for instance, are the mental or spiritual uses of a hammer? Here the irord "tool" (which may haAe figurative use) is confounded with the tiling (which cannot) — a vei'y common, but very unfortunate lexico- graphical error. Compare with these statements of the Century the corre- sponding statements of the Standard: '•A tool is both contrived and used for extending the force of an intelligent agent to something that is to be operated upon." "An iTnplement is a mechauical agency considered with reference to some specific purpose to which it is adapted; as, an agricultural implemei- mistaken etymology as well as by inaccurate definitions and discriminations. Take the following illustrations of looseness of style : England can boast of many noble \ indicators of the rights of luimanity, not e.vceptinff those which concern the brute creation, p. roi. Blame and coitdetnn do not necessarily require to bo t'l-abb s Looseness expressed in words, p. l.w. ' ^" [ileaiiing •• Btnnie and condeiiuuition are not necessarily expressed in words."] Ohio Wesleyan University: J. W. B.\SHF0RD, President: -/ strj more eniphalically than that it is by far tlie best dictionary in the English language, and I want it for constant reference." er befori 40 Amherst College : Prof. Arthur L, to learn much from it in the future" Kimball: "All that a first-rate dictionary should be. ... I expect A\Tien a young man enters tlie world, he must take heed l&si he he not ensnared hy his companions into vicious practises, p. 506. The writer of the above did not consider that lest is in it- self negative, equivalent to that not, and that to follow it with not is to commit the solecism of a double negative. But the writer who could do that shows a lack of the sense of lan- guage, a fatal defect in a writer of synonyms. The following are specimens of inaccurate definitions and distinctions. A contradiction or absurdity is manifest whicli is felt by all as soon as it is per- ceived [!]. p. 88. The following extract, besides its inaccuracy of definition and discrimination, incidentially illustrates also the looseness of the author's style. Comfort, that genuine English word, desaibee what England only affm-ds. . . Tlie grand feature in comfort is substantiality; in that of [?] pleasure is wannth [!]. p. 319. While the opening sentence in this extract could only have been ^\-ritten by an Englishman, the closing statement might have been written by an Eskiino. It is hard to see how any but an arctic constitution could find the acme of pleasure to consist in warmili! Despair is often the forerunner of desperation and despondency, but it is not necessarily accompanied with effects so powerful, p. 331. Evidently one in a state of despair should be on his guard lest he fall into a condition of despondency! Similar examples could be given almost without number. Soule and Fallows have published lists of synonyms (the latter giving antonym also); but these are mere word-books, with no discussion or comparison of the words one with another. Graham's excellent text=book appeared in 1845, dealing only with pairs of words, so that the words considered number only 1300 in aU ; Whate- ley's little book treats only about 600 synonyms. The com- paratively recent work of Charles J. Smitli is quite an extended treatise, the only one that compares with that of Crabb in number of synonyms and fulness of statement ; but though Smith has sometimes corrected, he has also sometimes retained the errors of Crabb, while his own work is not free from errors, and has the especial fault of a discursive prolixity in which his excellent discriminations are often quite lost. A comparison of the treatment of the terms art and science in these works with that in the Standard will show their rel- ative merits. Standard. art. Synonyins ; address, aptitude, cleverness, dexterity, esthetics, ingenuity, knack, skill, tact. In the highest sense art has no synonym. The term esthetics denotes the theory of the beautiful which furnishes the basis of art. For subordinate senses, see artifice; business. For the distinctions between science and art, see syno- nyms for SCIENCE. science. Synonyms ; art, knowledge. Knowledge of a single fact, not known as related to any other, or of many facts not known as having any mutual relations or as compre- hended nnder any general law, does not reach the mean- ing of science; science is knowledge reduced to law and embodied in system. The knowledge of various coun- tries gathered by an observant traveler may be a hetero- geneous medley of facts, which gain real value only when coordinated and arranged by the man of science. Art always relates to^something to he done, science to something to be known. Not only must art be discrim- inated from science, but art in the industrial or me chanical sense must be distinguished from art in the es- thetic sense; the former aims chiefly at utility, the latter at beauty. The mechanic arts are the province of the artisan, the esthetic or fine arts are the province of the artist; all the industrial arts, as of weaving or printing, arithmetic or navigation, are governed by exact rules. Art in the highest esthetic sense, while it makes nee of niley, transcends all rule; no rules can be given for the production of a painting like EafEaello's "Transfigura- tion," a statue like the Apollo Belvidere, or a poem like the Iliad. Science does not, like the mechanic arts, make production its direct aim, yet its possible produc- tive application in the arts is a constant stimulus to scientific investigation: the science, as in the case of chemistry or electricity, is urged on to higher develop- ment by the demands of the art, while the art is per- fected by the advance of the science. Creative art seek- ing beauty for its own sake is closely akin to pure science seeking knowledge for its own sake. Compare akt KNOWLEDGE; LITERATURE. Crahh. Art signifies that which is followed in tlie way of the arts. . . . The exercise of one's knowledge or experi- ence for purposes of gain is a business; when learning or particular skill is required, it is a profession; and when there is a peculiar exercise of art, it is an art. . . . Musicians and painters follow an art. Eng. Syr^onymes Explained, p. 171. The pursuits of science have a peculiar interest for men of a peculiar turn. p. 574. SniitJi. Business . . . comprises any exercise of knowledge and experience for purposes of gain. When learning or skill of a high order is required, it is called a Professzon. When there is a peculiar exercise of skill, it is called an Art. Those exercise an art who exchange skilled labor for money. . . . The art of the baker lies in making loaves, his trade in selling them. Synonyms Discrim- inated, p. 633. As .metice consists of speculative principles, so art is a system of rules. lb, p. 540. Here it will be seen that Smith makes the fatal error of stating without quaUfication that "art is a system of rides," while Crabb has avoided error by intrenching himself behind a series of impregnable truisms, as that " when there is a peculiar exercise af art, it (?) is an art." (!) Antonyms. It should be noted that the Standard alone gives antonyms, being the first Dictionary to introduce that excellent feature. Antonyms have the merit of definition by Oeflnltlon by Con- contrast, the meaning of a word often be- ing made clearer to the mind by the sharp statement of what it is not. They have also many obvious ad- vantages for those who consult a Dictionary as an aid to rhetorical composition. The synonym work of the Standard Dictionary has been highly commended by the press of all Enghsh«speaking countries. Prepositions. Especial attention has been given in the Standard to the indication of the proper prepositions to be used after certain words in regard to which doubt or perplexity is often expeii- enoed. In many cases, this is done in connection with the defi- nitions, but in very many instances, the prepositions are treated in separate paragraphs. Examples of the separate treatment, in addition to those given in connection with the synonyms for BREAK, etc., in the preceding pages may be found in the following : antipatliy. I'vrpositUms : antipathy to (less frequently for or against) a person nr thing; antipathy between or betwixt t^vo persons or things. arrest. yrejiositions : arrested for crime, on suspicion, by the sherift; on, upon, or by virtue of a warrant; on final process; in execution. call. Prepositions : call to a passer-by; call oj/to' one who is departing or fleeing; call on or upon a friend, or at his house; call on or uxion one fm- aid or service; call iq-jon the country /Of troops; he is called by the name of Lincoln, after the great emancipator; his integrity has never been called in question. fall. J'repositioiis : to fall /com a height; out of an mdovi; r/o«'« an embankment; on one's knees; «? another's feet; into a snare; ante line; over an obstacle; in love; to blows; w^ow, the enemy ; z;?;rfer suspicion. It is believed that this department of the Dictionary will also be found exceedingly helpful. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C: Prof. W J McGee, Ethnologist in Charge : " I fully expect that it will quickly assume the place implied in the name, Standard, throughout Englishspeaking countries." 41 The Phonetic Journal, Bath, England: " The Scientific Alphabet Key [in Standard Dictionary] is along the line of tvork done by the most eminent philologists of England and A merica. . . . It has been prepared ivith great thoroughness and with a keen sense of the public needs of t lie present day. A great and unqualified success may be safely predicted for the new dictionary." COMPOUND WORDS. The assertion is made in the Standard that "for the first time, it is thought, in dictionary=making, an attempt has been made to reduce the compounding of words to a scientific system." Thousands of Enghsh terms present the question of compounding or not compounding, and one need not spend much time to dis- cover in one work such violent contradictions of form as, globe- tvotter and novel reader, fish=market anA fruit store, fellow=man and fellow passenger, dining-room and smoking room, battle' ground and anchorage ground, which are selected for this vsrri- ting from a book recently published. Many books, as those by . . Oliver Wendell Holmes, have apple4ree, I^lteratnre pear-tree, and all similar names of trees compounded, while others, as the one exam- ined for the selection given above, have apple tree, pear tree, etc., each as two words. Such confusion is more noticeable, because there is more of it, in the literature of our time than in that of an earlier period, though English print seems never to have been consistent. It is reasonable to suppose that even the editors of the Stand- ard Dictionary have not attempted to secure unquestionable con- sistency for all complex terms in the language. Such an attempt ^, ^ , „ would be sure to fail, even in those terms ClTOtce of Form ,, , , , , '. ,. ,. , , Based on Principle. ^"^^ ''^'^ "^ recorded in a dictionary ; but there are many thousands of word=pairs in common use that are amenable to rule in regard to form, and for each of which some one form must be the best. The Stand- ard's special editor, Mr. F. Horace Teall, claims that in each of these instances his choice of form is based on principle and it is in this that the Standard differs from other dictionaries. This editor had previously studied the subject, and had published a book entitled "The Compounding of English Words"; and com- mendations of that book by scholars to whose consideration it was submitted, led to his selection for the work on the Standard Dictionary. How well that work has been done will best appear through comparison with other books. Soule and Wheeler's ' ' Manual of English Pronunciation and Spelling," published thirty years ago, and still current, says, in its preface: "The proper mode of joining the constituent pai'ts of compound words is a subject necessary to be considered, in con- nection with that of spelling, in a complete and systematic exhi- bition of the principles of English orthography. This difficult subject has received special attention in this work." Eules are given for distinction between hyphened and continuous com- pounds, by means of accent only, and in a vocabulary occupying 385 pages, with frequent references to the rules by their pai-a- graph=numbers, 205 and 206, are such forms Inadequacy of ^^ flajjdragon, snap-dragon, fire-fly, fire- place, note-worthy, prnisnirorthy, glow- worm, slow-ioorm,, hvickworh, clock-work, raindrop, rain-gauge, billhook, note-book, shortcoming, forth- coming, sawfish, sword-fish, hump-backed, hunchbacked, and many words very queer as continuous ones, including loveletter and mincepie. Surely these differences are not indicated by dif- ference of accent. Bigelow's "Handbook of Punctuation'' distinctly prescribes mountain top as two words and mountain-side as a compound, school teacher as two and school-teaching as a compound, and other unreasonable conti-adictions. Mr. Bigelow's preface says that in his work "an attempt has been made to give definite prac- tical rules, which shall avoid the many inconsistencies and errors Old Rules Exemplified. of om- two principal dictionaries,'' and that "printers and school^ book makers usually follow the dictionai-y which they take as their standard, without any regard to consistency." The latter statement is not universally true, for many printers try to be con- sistent, and have much trouble because they cannot follow the dictionary. Mr. Bigelow's rules are mostly made for particular words, and not for classes of words, thus leaving much of the language unprovided for. A few examples of the "inconsistencies and errors of our two principal dictionaries " will show why many writers have referred to them in language like that here quoted : Worcester's Dictionary has Old-Testament in its main vocabu- lary as a compound word, but New Testament as two words under new; backroom is given as a continuous word, but front- room with a hyphen, and the definitions say "in the back part" and " front part " ; Chinese tree and Chinese-aster differ as here shown ; and false compounds like Indian-arrow-root, French- honeysuckle, and Oerman-millet abound. "Webster's Unabridged" is the other of the two "principal dictionaries " referred to. In it Old Testament is defined under old, and New Testament is given only as an example of the use of the word Testament; back-room is defined as "a room behind the front room, or in the back part of the house ;' backdoor is one ■word, front doo)" two ; neither Chinese tree nor Chinese aster is given in any form (but China aster is mentioned under aster); Indian arrou-root is not given, but French-honeysuckle appears, with the hyphen, as in Worcester, and German-millet and many other false compounds are given, though German silver and Ger- man paste have their proper form. These few examples show conclusively that the matter of compounding was not submitted to any real test of principle in „ ^. „, « the making of these dictionai-ies. Mi-. Teall Reasonable Choice , „ . ° of Form. teils us It was his conviction that so lai-ge a portion of our language could not properly be left independent of principle, and that for any common term there must be a reasonable choice of form, that led him to devote much time to the study of such terms, to determine such reason- able choice. Contradictions in books giving rules based entirely on accent, as those of Soule and Wheeler, confirmed his impression that such rules are inadequate, as are also two other rules often given in text=books, that permanent compounds should be written continuously, and temporary compounds should have a hyphen. Few people would agi-ee as to the line of division between per- manent and temporary, and there is much difference of opinion as to accentuation. A very successful attempt is made in the Standai-d Dictionary to distinguish between compound and non=compound forms by language principles, and also betsveen hyphened and continuous compounds in classes, though fully established usage prescribes the continuous form in many instances where real principle indi- cates the use of the hyphen. There is no doubt that this is really the first attempt of its kind accompanied with full statement of grammatical reasons. General principles are given in the diction- ary as follows : "1st. That all words should be sepai-ate when used in regu- lar gi-ammatical relation and consti-uction, unless tliey are jointly General applied in some arbitrary way. Prlnotplos. "3d. That abnormal association of words generally indicates viuification in sense, and hence compounding in form. Cornell University: Prof. Duncan Campbell Lee: "I find the Standard Dictionary of great value. For the teacher and the student it possesses a practical utility, unique and plcasino-." 42 London Daily Chronicle, London, England: " The Standard is most creditable to American enterprise and scholarship. It is a distinctive and independent work, and will be frankly welcomed in England as zvcll as in America." "3d. That no expression in the language should ever be changed from two or more words into one (either hyphened or solid) without change of sense." It is said that the first principle forbids joining an adjective and a noun in regular use, as spinal column, chestnut horse, brick house, fellow citizen, man servant, Armstrong gun, but arbitrary application requires that such terms be joined, as bluecoat for one who wears a blue coat, redhead for a duck having a red head. The first principle also keeps a regular adverb separate from an adjective modified by it, even when the two express one attribu- tion, as highly colored wings, recently published book. The second principle makes two nouns used together as one name become one word, if the first is not really atti'ibutive, as brick^yard, in which brick is not attributive as it is in brick house (a house made of bricks). Five rules are given for the selection of forms under these principles, prescribing the use of a hyphen in compound nouns . made by mere ellipsis and inversion of a of Form phrase (as hat=box, for "a box for a hat"), and in possessive phrases used as specific names (as hare's4ail and lion's=tail as names of plants); but con- tinuous form for some familiar literal compounds like the first, for words whose final elements are almost on the footing of mere suffixes (as footman, airiray, milkweed, motherwort, and two« syllable names ending with fish), and for names designating some- thing named from having as a characteristic or adjunct that which is literally expressed by the elements of the name (as goldenrod for a plant, gilthead for a fish). These principles and rules, with a list of 40,000 terms com- piled by the department editor, were adopted after submission to many eminent scholars and approval by them, thus securing the making of a truly authoritative record. The rules clearly demand that exactly similar terms shall have the same form, and it will be interesting to know how closely Mr. TeaU has met this demand, or how far the work departs from it. Test of the System. Test of the system by examination of large numbers of similar words discloses an occasional variation of form that seems conti-adictory until a closer analogy is found that places the differing word in another large category. Thus, when every noun beginning with air is seen to be hyphened except ainray, the first thought may be that the single exception is queer ; but when all such words ending with iray are seen to be continuous, without exception, the reason is evident and satisfactory. Again, the Standard's record of 105 nouns beginning with air is a good step in advance even of the Century Dictionary, which has 101. The Webster's International gives only 39 such terms, each split into two words except air=tight as the name of a stove. Variation in form is very noticeable in the names of bones, 6((c7i.'&orae and Ja(o6oree especially being often printed as continu- ous words, while it is not uncommon to find Correction of irn- g/jgg;^ bone and thigh bone printed as here reasonable Dlf- ... , j t ■ i feroncos written, as two words. Lexicographers have not heretofore made these terms alike in their work, probably because other people had not done so, and the lexicographers were making records of what had been used by others ; but any form of almost any one of the names could be found in good books, and in such a case the lexicog- rapher may well systematize, especially as his work is consulted by those who desire authoritative decision when in doubt. The printer who closely followed any of the older dictionaries, in printing a number of these names together, could not be reason- ably consistent. If he followed Webster's International, he would have backbone, breastbone, cheek bone, hip bone, jawbone, and thigh bone. The older Webster gives backbone but no other without a hyphen. In the Standard every one of these names is hyphened, though backbone is also given separately as a con- tinuous word for figurative use. Making two forms of the same a feiv Reasonable Exceptions. term seems at first thought too much like what is caUed "hair» splitting," but precedent is not lacking, as a fe\. such words are prevailingly so distinguished in usage (as an iron^clad ship, but an ironclad). A few other instances of such r'iscinction are found in the Standard Dictionary, as the adjective water-.proof and the noun ivater2yroof, flint4ock for the lock of a firearm and flintlock for the arm itself. One of the rules of the Standard is that all dissyllabic flsh« names terminating with fish have the continuous form, and all longer names have a hyphen. This rule is faithfully applied, with the exception of silverfish, presumably because of its frequent association with goldfish, and cuttlefish, which does not name a real fish. A close search of the words made by joining two nouns in literal sense fails to disclose any form that violates the rule for the use of the hyphen but such as are liiteral Compounds stated to be exceptional, as daybreak, in One Form, with ^y^i^^^^y,^ sunrise, sunset, though of course there are some words of this kind about which people may disagree. The Stand- ard's treatment of such word=pairs is certainly scientific, making a record as near as possible to the best of actual usage, and satis- fying to the busy writer or printer who wants an authoritative decision that will not lead him into confusion. Here again comparison with another of our latest dictionaries will afi:ord practical illustration. In the Standard we find all compounds beginning with horse given in the hyphened form, except such as horseman and horsetray, in accordance with a different rule and a closer analogy ; horsemaster, presumably to agi-ee with horseman, and also with some other words having master as the second element ; and a few, as horseheud for a fish, for which the continuous form is dictated by ai'bitrary application. In the International most of the terms beginning with horse are given each as two words, some exactly like these are continuous, and a few are hyphened. Here we find horse betm, but horse-chestnut; horse car, but horse4itter, horserake, horsep>ond, and horselaugh; horse courser, but horse-jockey. What is here said about words beginning with horse is equally applicable in many other cases, and the Standard in these cases seems absolutely consistent. No doubt the Standard's department editor could prove by actual count in the best books, were that worth while, that the form with the hyphen prevails in usage ; and that it is the form that must be chosen if any one form is used in all cases is beyond question, unless all grammarians who ever taught or wrote have taught and virritten what is not and never was ti-ue. The rule giving continuous form to names like bluecoat, redhead, etc., is consistently applied, and thus the Standard gives another large class of words in such form that a glance at any one of them in the book gives sufficient assurance of the proper form for any other one, unless that one has some peculiarity that makes a hyphen show its elements more clearly, as mouse^ear. Even these exceptions are very few. Grammatical Classification. One important effect of grammatical systematizing with reference to compounding is seen in the classification of words as parts of speech, and in the resultant difference of definition of some words as compared with their treatment in other diction- aries. Thus, the Century Dictionary gives an example of after as an adjective in after period, and says in a note that the use of the hyphen in [such terms, which it calls " loose combination of the adjective with its noun," is optional. The International treats „ . , after in this way also. The Standard Bad Grammcr _. ^i ^ ... Corrected. editors, on the contrary, perceiving that this after is not the adjective, but is the preposition, as in the full phrase "a period coming after another," make all such words as after^period compounds, with no confusing note saying, "Write it as you please," in answer to Edgar Fawcett : " The dictionary seems to me, in philological discrimination, carefulness, penetration, com- prehension, and general scholarly treatment, almost beyond criticism. Its material trapping is the perfection of taster 43 Yale University: Prof. appearance are attractive." T. R. LOUNSBURY, LL.D. ' Its contents are as valuable as its viake-.up and the person who consults the dictionary in search of a choice of form. A similar correction of classification is made in giving only one definition of cvois as that of a legitimate adjective, as in "a cross person," or "cross words,'' and providing for compound- ing in all such terms as cross-purposes, or "a crosS'bill." Many claims have been made in other works with reference to compound words, as to practical provision for distinction in form, but lexicogi'aphers have commonly said very little about this matter, recognizing the fact of common confusion, but making no serious attempt to lessen it. One dictionary, however, more used in Great Britain than in America, has made a distinct claim for itself that is worth citing here. The dictionary is Nuttall's, and its preface says: " The compound words are very numerous in the English language and materially contribute to its copiousness. The great mass of them are omitted in our ordinary dictionaries ; of Useful Com- pounds. but their great importance has induced the editor to insert all that are presumed to be of general utility. " After seeing this one would expect to find a. fair number of compounds I^lberal Inclusion j^ ^j^g dictionary; but the expectation is disappointed. There are but 38 compounds beginning with air, though every one of the Standard's 105 is of practical utility ; there are only 47 with horse, while the Standard has 150, omitting the obsolete words. This is instanced merely to lead up to the fact that the Stand- ard Dictionary gives the largest collection of complex terms yet made, aU of wliich terms are of practical utility in a dictionary, whether they are treated as compound words or not. Eeally self= explaining compounds are omitted from the Standard with nearly the same scrupulous care that was exercised to secure the inclu- sion of all common terms that are not self=explaining. GLOSSARY OF FOREIGN PHRASES IN STANDARD DICTIONARY. A REVIEW BY W. C. CONANT, NEW YORK. Not the least among the many valuable adjuncts of the Standard Dictionary is the Glossary of Foreign Expressions, or Defining Vocabulary of quoted sayings and phrases from the Latin, French, Italian, Spanish, German, and Greek. It has a double value: — for the many, the readers, to whom the un- translated polyglottisms with which vsrriters delight to garnish their English have ever been vanity and vexation of spirit; and for a still more interested class, the writers, who are with reason solicitous to make their quotations correctly, so as to manifest their erudition rather than their ignorance. Of these latter, it is not alone the numerous class "with just enough of learning to misquote," to whom the Glossary wUl be of decided assistance. The treachery of memory with regard to the minutiffi of quoted expressions — not to speak of the degeneration of such expressions in common repetition, the commoner the worse — has been learned by every writer, at times, to his mortification. It is related of a certain eminent teacher, that a leave=taking gi-aduate who solicited his very best counsel was rather taken aback by the simple advice, " Always verify your references." Simple as it is, the rule is to a painful degree impracticable, especially with respect to the class of references comprehended under the present head; and to find the work comprehensively done to order — as it is iio^v done, for the first time by a competent Iiand — will be to writers studious of classic accuracy, a distinct source of happiness. For no writer, as writer, can command at once the learning, the literature, the languages, and the leisure, to chase the flying quotations back through all their transmigra- tions and metamorphoses to their original sources, and restore their pure forms and their true sense or contextvial interpretation. This is that which we say has now been done for the first time; and the exigeant necessity for this radical revision, as well as the great labor and special learning involved therein, can be best apijrehended by comparing the Standard's Glossary with its pi-ede- cessors. A few minutes of such comparative reading will create a lively impression of the mingled good judgment and good fortune of the publishers of the Standai'd Dictionary in subsidizing for tliis special task the resources of that scliolarly, wide=reading, and infinitelyspainstaking critic. Professor Wilkinson, of the chair of Poetry and Criticism in the University of L^liicago. One of the most remarkable points — in fact the cardinal point — of difference between this work and the comparatively slight essays to the same end in Webster and Worcester, is just that in which the eminent teacher above refeiTed to summed up his wisdom for the seeker therefor — Verify your references. That pupil either failed to be employed b}- either of our previous lexicog- raphers, or else he lamentably failed to "reck the rede. ' There are not only no references given: there ai'e multiphed instances of imperfect or wholly erroneous definition, as well as of inaccurate form, due obviously to want of any actual reference had to original sources; if courtesy should forbid us in other instaJices to charge an amazing absence of elementary knowledge of the language on its face. In Professor Wilkinson's Glossary, on the contrary, we find every quotation traced to its source, to its original form, and to its connection and contextual interpretation, if possible, with chapter, verse, or page. The different authors to whom quotations are thus traced and verified number a hundred and fifty, mostly classics; and each of the more prominent is, naturally, credited witli many sayings most familiar in their several tongues, but to which few of us could have easily found our way for verification. The literary class will certainly appreci- ate very higlily this expert and laborious "verification of refer- ences," not only made to their hands, but put into their own hands for reverification. The Standard Glossary is much the most extensive hitherto made. A large number of sayings and phrases not found in Web- ster or Worcester have been added, and among these we note quite a number that are familiar in every =daY use. Of the pi-evious glossaries, Webster's is th.e more voluminous, but Worcester seems to have aimed at abridgment, as well as correction, of Webster; in the former object succeeding easily by mere omission, and in the latter sometimes notably, by ordinary CM-e. yet too often care- lessly following in error. The Standard coming last, and employing that decisive strategical advantage with a determination to excel at any cost, has given us a greatly enlai-ged Glossary, and a multitvtde of correoticms (with authorities) both of common and of lexicographers' eiTors. amended in form, sense, force, and clearoess, with explanations besides that often reveal meanings that ai-e quite veiled in tlie literal phrase. We have not ransacked libraries and languages to retrace Professor Wilkinson's steps of verification and make detailed British iVIuseum: F. G. Kenyon, Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford, England: " // /■,- indeed a splendid volume, and in addition to the ordinary characteristics of a dictionary it contains much of the information of an encyclopedia. It loill be invaluable as a book of reference!' 44 R. D. Blackmore, the English Novelist : • The Standard Dictionary is most comprehensive and correct." comparisons; but in a cursive glance over prominent instances we note among others the following coi-rections to illustrate and justify the generalities of characterization and comparison fore- going. Mistranslations corrected: — A. beaujeu, beau retour: not one good turn deserves another, as in Webster and Worcester, but used in the spirit of retaliation, "tit for tat." Adfinem: to the end; at or near the end. The latter defini- tion is overlooked by Worcester and Webster. A Cexterieur: secondary sense, abroad, wanting in Webster. Anno urbis conditce: Webster, " in the year the city was built" (!) instead of in [such a] year fi om the founding of the city (correct). Aviendo pregonado vino, venden vinagre: correctly, having cried wine they sell vinegar: Webster, "having praised their wine, they sell us vinegar." Barba tenus sapientcs: sages as far as beard goes. Webster and Worcester both lack the explanatory word goes, so that "Wise as far as beard (or) the beard" hardly suggests the sense. Bella femmina che ride, vuol dir borsa che piange: a smil- ing beauty means a weeping purse (i.e your purse). Webster unmeaningly mistranslates, ' ' when a handsome woman laughs, be sure her (!) purse cries." Carpere et colligere: to pluck and gather. Webster, wrongly, "to pluck and bind." De minimis non curat lex: the law does not concern itself about very small matters. Webster and Worcester misquote, de minimis non curattir. Webster mistranslates the noted legal maxim thus : "trifles are not noticed," and Worcester, " no notice is taken of trifles.'' El corazon manda las carnes: the heart controls the body. Error of Webster, "the heart bears up the body.'' Escritura buena inemoria: writing, good memory. Webster's error, "the best memory." Filius terrce: son of the soil; person of humble origin. Web- ster, "a son of earth, a human being" (!), and reversed in order. But in another place Webster has correctly, "Filius terrce, one of low birth." It is unfortunate to give an incorrect alternative without indicating which is the proper text. OardC'fcu: a fender. Webster, "a lire guard", which might be an insurance watchman or a fireman. Gens togata: the toga'd (Roman) nation. Webster, "civil- ians" (!) Hoc opus, hie labor est: this is a task, this a toil. Both Webster and Worcester give " this is labor, this is work (or toil)" — mere tautology, and en'oneous. Homme d'affaires: businessman. Webster, "des affaires": — " a business agent " — not always thus limited. Homo alieni juris: one under control of another. Worcester, "under control of a father or guardian" — usually, but not necessarily: e.g. a slave. Webster lacks JitJ'ts. Ilfaut atiendre le boiteux: we must wait for the lame man (i.e. the later or laggard intelhgence). Lacking explanation, Web- ster's definition would be useless, if it were not wrong — "the lame man is wanting" (!) Ilfaut de Vargent: money is necessary. Webster, "money is wanting" (!) Jncredulus odi : not being able to believe in it, I am dis- gusted. Both Webster and Worcester miss the point for want of the connection (in Horace), and give a meaningless translation, "being incredulous, I cannot bear (or endure) it." Iiifandum . . . renovare dolorem : to revive unspeakable grief. Both Webster and Worcester, incorrectly, "recall (or revive) unpleasant recollections." Integros haurirefontes: to draw from unpolluted fountains. Webster has "overflowing" for unpolluted. .r'ai bonne cause: I have good cause. Both Webster and Woi-cester give "a good cause" — a very different thing, which would require une. La speranza i il pan de' miseri: hope is the bread of the wi-etched. Webster, " the poor mara's bread." Laus propria sordet: self=praise is no recommendation. "Is contemned" or is contemptible: secondary sense of the verb, which Webster and Worcester both miss with the point of the adage; making it " Self upraise defiles (or) debases.'' Leonina societas: partnership with a lion (unequal). Web- ster, " a lion's company" — meaningless. Magna civitas, magna solitudo : a gi-eat city [is] a great solitude. Webster, " desert " for solitude. Le tout ensemble: the whole taken together (total aspect). Webster, "all together." Levraipeut quelquefois n'etre pas vraisemblable: the true may sometimes be not true in seeming. Webster, "not always 2jrobable." Sutor ne supra crepidam judiearet: the cobbler should not venture above his last. Webster and Worcester both follow the commoner reading, idtra for supra, and invert the order. Qui capit, ille faeit : who takes it (i.e, to himself ; as, a charge), he is the one that does it. Both Webster and Worcester give the meaningless translation, "he who takes it makes it," and Webster lacks ille. Totus, teres, atque rotundus: complete, polished, and rounded. Both Worcester and Webster miss it totally and all round : (1) "every way round and smooth; (2) "completely smooth and round." Vehiviur in altum: we are borne out upon the deep. Web- ster translates, "we are borne on high"(!). A number of the above instances are of misquotation as well as mistranslation corrected, and a few further of many misquota- tions which Professor Wilkinson has run down may be added to illustrate the benefit of having your references verified for you: Proprie communia dicere: inverted by Webster and Worces- ter, " communia," etc. — Quis fallere possit amantem? Webster, qui for quis. — Ora e sempre (now and always) : Webster and Worcester, liora for ora, i for e, and translation, "it is always time." In another place they give it correctly. — Aid non tentaris, aut perjice: Webster and Worcester, " ne tentes, aut perfice.'" — Mai entendu : Webster, mal entendre. — Hoc opus, hie labor est is inverted in Webster and Worcester; hie opus, hoc labor est. — Hannibal ad portas: Webster and Worcester have ante for ad. — Filius terrce is inverted in Webster and Wor- cester. — Diseur de bans mots: Webster and Woi-cester have bon for bons. — Desobligeante : Webster lacks the literal definition that explains its relation to the English synonym, a sulky. — Car- XJere et colligere: the others have carpe for carpere. — Canes tim- idi vehementius latrant quam mordent: Webster drops the last two words, and mistranslates, "timid [for cowardly] dogs bark more fiercely '' [than they bite should be added.] — Bellaque matri- bus detestata: Webster has bella matronis, etc. — Au levant: Webster, d levant. — A la fin: Webster, d fin. — Spargere voces in vidgum ambiguus. Webster and Worcester have it correct in one place but inverted in another. — Homo antiqud virtute ac fide: inverted in Webster and Worcester, "antiqud," etc. — Aide- toi, le del t'aidera : Webster and Worcester insert et. — Sapere aude: both correct and inverted in Webster and Worcester. — Voeeasion fait le larron: Webster and Worcester have abandon for Voeeasion. — A bis ou d blanc: Webster and Worcester have et for ou, and mistranslate, " from brown bread to white, by fits and starts": the Standard, "in one way or another; by hook or by crook. — Ab hoe et ab hac et ab ilia: Webster and Worcester drop (lb ilia, and mistranslate accordingly. Some of the noticeable omissions in the previous glossaries: Waning, in Worcester, desobligeante: in Webster and Worcester, Domine, dirige nos (motto of the city of London): in Worcester, ilfaut de Vargent: in Worcester, la spieranza i il pan de' miseri: in Worcester, leonina societas: in Webster and Worcester, la garde meurt et ne se rend pas: in Worcester, sic itur ad astra; and others too numerous to mention. Vanderbilt University: Charles Forster Smith, Ph.D,, Professor of Greek Language and Literature: "Every special feature of the ivork that T have examined has proved more thorough and excellent than I had antici- pated, I believe that it ought to be, and will be, the people's English Dictionary y 45 The Lancet, London, England : " Tlie loork is ivondcrfidly o:ood, . . . it leaves nothing to be desired^ DICTIONARY SYSTEM AND DEFINITIONS. " A Standard Dictionary " invites the consideration of intelligent and scholarly men to two of its special features : 1. The Systems of Being (or things existing) and Knowledge (or tilings linown) embodied in its pages, and made subordinate and subsidiary to its delinitions. 2, The Character and Scope of its Definitions,— as made to consist essentially in definitive statements and not mere synonyms ; as presenting careful discriminations between words and senses of words ; as giving a large number of new words and new meanings; and as furnishing, by the massing and gi-ouping of materials, vast ranges of accurate and definitive information nowhere else accessible. PART I. SYSTEM IN THE "STANDARD DICTIONARV." As an essential part of the work of making the definitions clear and adequate in such departments as Science, Philosophy, Physics, Language, Literature, etc., a scientific system is intro- duced in the Standard Dictionary that enables the student to consider words in their true relation to all kindred subjects. As will be seen from the subsequent explanations, the plan secures a broad, scientific treatment of all important words, and instead of detracting from the popular character of the defini- „ . . tions, makes them much more easily com- (luestions An- , j i tj. ■ i j • j s-wered. prehended. It gives a broader view and a clearer conception of the meaning of words than is possible by any other method. In connection with this feature the Dictionary seeks to answer two questions that always awaken intense interest in all intelligent and progressive teachers and students : 1. What is the true and common sense system of tilings, constituting the world of which we form a part? a. What is tlie true and comprehensive system of knowledge? The lack of any helps toward the answering of these ques- tions often leaves teacher and student alike to puzzle over them for a lifetime without reaching any satis- Key to the TJniver- factory results, when the possession at the sal System of Be- , . . j, j. i u 111"- and Knowl- outset of even an imperfect key would edge. doubtless lead to enlarged and scientific views. ' ' A Standard Dictionary " has at- tempted — for the first time in any reference work — to furnish an answer to these questions, in connection with its treatment of the words in their vocabulary order, and, as before stated, as an essential part in the work of making the definitions clear and adequate. That such a comprehensive view of things and of knowledge is essential to anything like adequate definition will be obvious „ , _ to anyone who understands what definition Essential to Deflni- „ . _ ... ^, . x, - , j^j^j, really IS. i or neither things nor the words embodying our conceptions of them can be understood until they are understood in their relations and con- nections, and the more thoroughly those relations and connec- tions are gi-asped the more thoroughly are the things and the words comprehended. To illustrate by a word belonging to the sphere of mechan- ics : little knowledge of what is signified by the word force can be gained by considering it apart from its relations, and the full idea gained by considering those relations carefully, falls little short of a comprehension of all the main features of mechanics. In the Standard these relations are brought out either in the body of the definition or in the note under it. Thus we learn the fact that force belongs to the category of causes; its relations to motion and rest; its effect upon material bodies; the fact that, as opposed to energy, mathematically con- sidered it is not a mere arithmetical quantity but has direction. By following out the cross»references to equilibrium and BNEEaY other relations may be discovered so that in the end Illustrated by " Force." there is obtained a knowledge of mechanical principles, all of which react directly upon the conception of force and round it out to completeness. Or to illustrate by a, word taken from the sphere of the mental sciences (see antheopology. def. 1), we may take Illustrated Psychology proper. It is not enough by "Psycliology." to define psychology as the science of the human mind. It is necessary to un- derstand what is meant by science as thus applied (see science, def. 1;, and whether the particular scientific method in psychol- ogy is "inductive" or "deductive" (see inductive method, un- der inductive), whether the instrument of observation is " sense" or "consciousness," and what is implied in aU these things. It is requisite also to understand what is meant by mind, whether it is synonymous with animal soul (see mind, def. 5; SOUL, def. 3), or with spirit (see mind. def. 1; spirit, def. 1, 2), and to grasp the definitions of these words. And when this is settled, it is essential that we should ascertain what is meant by human, and what by man (see MAN and note) to which the adjective human represents the science of psychology as pertaining. And when all these definitions and relations have been ascertained, it is necessary to bring psychology into its proper connection with the anthropological sciences, or sciences of man (see anthropology, def. 1), and these sciences again into connection with science in its wider range under science proper (see science, def. 2) as constituting with " pliilosophy " the all=comprehensive science (see science, def. 1). Such illustrations make it manifest that the presentation of these systematic and scientific relations must be an essential feature in any dictionary that is to succeed in giving a thor- ough exposition of the meanings of the words of a language. It is obvious that tliis work can be done adequately and for the people (including especially teach- Siicli Poi'"lai- SJ s- ers and students) in a dictionary only ; tem Possible in j. . , . . ,, ' Bletlonary only. Since this IS the one work accessible to all, and since it alone furnishes a basis, in its all=embracing vocabulary, for a comprehensive presentation of the relations of universal being and knowledge. It is believed that the Standard Dictionary stands alone in its recognition and attempted embodiment of the system of being and knowledge and these universal scientific relations. The aim throughout has been so to present each of the various subjects that, with the aid of the references given in the defi- nitions, either explicitly (by the use of abbreviations, as Biol., Zool., Ich., Mam.. Gram., Philos.) or implicitly (by means of the terms used in the definitions, as \\-hen syutav is de- fined as "Hie part of grammar," etc.). all the branches of that subject, as a whole, may easily be traced and collected, and that when so collected, their definitions and unfolding-s may be found to furnish a comprehensive and harmonious exposition of that entire subject, in accordance with tlie latest and best scientific light. The Standard Alone Altonipts It Hubert H. Bancroft, Ph.D., LLD., the Eminent H cxpi'css my appreciation of the Standard Dictionary. Jlfy nnivcrsal iise it is superior to all others, and even, in my 46 istonan, S;ui Francisco, Cal.; " I cannot admiration increases as tune passes. For judgment, for students and scholars if has no ctjnal." too strongly general and Princeton College : Prof. J. O. Murray, D.D., LL.D., also Dean : "/ have no hesitation in pronouncing it most complete in all departments of lexicography. It deserves all the high commendation it has received in America and England^ _^_^ We invite students and teachers especially to consider this feature of the work, — a feature that one Examination and ^^ ^j^g leading scientists of the age declared Comparison In- , ., , • i j. ^jlgj_ — as several years since it vras explained to him — would " make the Standard Diction- ary an immense advance upon anything heretofore attempted." In order to show conclusively that this feature is peculiar to the Standard, we give a sketch of the Standard's method of treatment, in comparison with the treatment of the same sub- jects in two leading dictionaries, the Century and Webster's International. As the Century and the International have not framed their definitions with the avowed purpose of showing words of a particular class or sphere in their proper relations, and as they do not profess to give references that will enable the student to fol- low the logical connection of words from one class or sphere to another, the comparisons are made for the purpose of bringing out the advantages of the Standard's plan, rather than merely for the purpose of criticism. It has not been deemed necessary for the purposes of the comparisons here instituted, to cite all the definitions of a word. The citations have been confined to the particular points of comparison. A.- The aim in the Standard has been so to treat the different parts of the system of things, that, beginning with being as the all=embracing category, all the departments should be pre- sented and be traceable in their divisions and subdivisions; or. THE SYSTEM OF BEING. reversing the process and starting from one of the divisions or subdivisions of things, that the way should be traceable back from a subordinate part to being. The principal definitions of bein^ furnish the starting point in unfolding the system. standard. being, n. 1. Anything that exists or is conceived as having existence: the widest of all categories, embracing nature and tfie supernatural, which see. "This [bei7t{/) applies to everything which exists in anyway whether as suOntance or accident, whether actnally or po- tentialli/, whether In the nature of things, or only In our no- tions; for even what we call etitia rntionis, or fictions of our minds, such as hippo^centaur, or mountain of gold, have a being: even negation or privation has an existence; nay, ac- cording to Aristotle, we can say that nothing has a being. In short, whenever we can use the substantive verb is, there must be some kind of being." K.=F. Vocab. PMlos. p. 64. [sii. & CO. '73.] Thing, individual, person — ens, suppositum, hypostasis, as the scholastics have it — these are the three degrees in the dynamic evolution of being. W. S. Lilly Right and Wrong ch. i, p. 103. [c. & H. '90.] But in all knowledge we know what we Icnow as having existence which is .Beinff. McCosH JniMttions pt. ii, p. liO. [c. & bbos. 72.] Specifically: (1) Any concrete object or thing. (2) A hu- man person or individual: often used idealistically or in contempt; as, he is a strange being. There is an ideal feminine virtue and loveliness in the character and career o£ this exquisite being fCEnone] of the Idean woods. S. G, W. Benjamin Troy pt. i, ch. 1, p. 7. [s. '88.] (3) [B-] God: need often with qualifying words; as, the Divine Being; the Supreme Being. He [Plato] even stood ready, as in the Parmenides. to demonstrate . . . that this £emg' exceeded the limits of intellect. Emerson Representative Men, Plato p. 54. [h. m. & co. '90.] 3. Metaph. Existence viewed as the fundamental qual- ity of thmgs; essence; entity; suhetance; as, the being of matter; ""in Him we live and move and have our being.'''' The being of Gfod is a kind of law to his working; for that perfec- tion which G-od is, giveth perfection to that He doth. Hooker Ecclesiastical Polity bk. i, p. 61. [r. & s. '88.] Century. being, n. 1. Existence in its most comprehensive sense, as opposed to non= existence; existence, whether real or only m thought. 2. In metaph., subsistence in a state not necessarily amounting to actual existence; rudimentary existence. But the word is used in different senses by different^ philosophers Hegel defines it as im- mediacy, that is, the abstract character of the present. In its most proper acceptation, it is the name given by philo- sophical reflection to that which is revealed in Immediate consciousness independently of the distinction of subject and object. It may also be defined, but with less precision, as the abstract noun corresponding to the concrete class embracing every object. Being is also used in philosophy influenced by Aristotle to signify the rudiment or germ of existence, consisting in a nature, or principle of growth, before actual existence. It is also frequently used to mean actual existence, the, complete preparation to produce ef- facts on the senses and on other objects. Psychologically being may be defined as the objectificatlon of conscious- ness, though the distinction of subject from object pogic- ally presupposes being. Wee may well reject a Liturgie which had no being that wee can know of, but from the coi-ruptest times. Milton Def. of Huvib. Remonst. First, Thou madest things which should have being without life. Bp. Hall Contemplations, The Creation, Consider everything as not yet in being; then consider if it must needs have been at alL Bentley. Our noisy years seem moments in the being Of the eternal Silence. "Wordsworth Ode to Immortality. 3. That which exists; anything that Is; as, inanimate What a sweet being is an honest mind ! MlDDLETON (and others) The Widow, v. 1. International. being-, n. 1. Existence, as opposed to non-=existence ; state or sphere of existence. In Him we live, and move, and have our being. Acts xvii, 28. 2. That which exists in any form, whether it be mate- rial or spiritual, actual or ideal; living existence, as dis- tinguished from a thing without life; as, a human being; spiritual' 6ez«.fi'5. , : What a sweet being is an honest mind ! Beau. <& Fl. A Being of infinite benevolence and power. Wordsworth. On comparison it will be seen that: 1st. The Standard gires a clear definitive state- ment: ''Anything that exists or is conceived as having exis- tence," — ^ thereby including both real existence and existence in thought. In the quotation from the Erauth=Fleming Vocabulary, "being", in this sense, is showm. to embrace substance arui acci- dent, actuality and possibility, fictions of the mind, negations, and even nothing. The quotation from Lilly, sets forth for scholars the three degrees in tlie dynamic evolution of being, according to the scholastic view, expressed by the words, ens, suppos- itum, and hypostasis, — terms that are further unfolded in their vocabulary places. The Century and the International fail to present these definite and distinct features, and are content to leave this most important definition with the baldest and most abstruse statement. 2d. The Standard adds to its fundamental definition the further definitive statement, that heing is "the widest of all categories, embracing natui^e and the supernatural," and then refers to thei^c terms in vocabulary place, for further information and unfolding. The Standard in this way makes this definition of being the basis for unfolding the system of nature and the sys- tem of the supernatural, as will be seen by consulting these two words in the presentations that follow and are taken from that Dictionary. The Century and the International, as is evident from their appended definitions, fail to give even a hint of being as the all=embracing category, including in itself the universe of nature and the supernatural. (A.) — THE STANDARD'S SCHEME OF NATURE. In looking for the unfolding of the system of being', or of existences, we naturally turn first to nature as the part of that system that appeals most directly to us through the senses. [See definitions of nature on page 48.] Examination will show that, in the special definition to which attention is here directed, the Standard, in accordance with its principle of starting with the most common meaning, brings out the fact that nature is "the existing universe as an effect, or as produced, with all things that it contains and their phenomena and laws." Under this general definition, nature is unfolded as signi- fying specifically: 1st. The material universe, and this regarded, (a) as the "world of matter," (b) the "world of law," or (c) the "world of forces." 2d. The system of all created things, material and spiritual, exclusive of the supernatural. In connection with this last definition Quatrefagcs' Seheme of JVature is introduced, giving a comprehensive and complete view of nature as the cosmos, or the world of beauty and order, with its empires, kingdoms, phenomena, and laws, thus setting nature before us as one vast concrete system. The value of such a presentation as bringing before one a compact view of the cosmos and its laws, and in such form as William Black, the Scotch Novelist : "Admirably comprehensive and exact." 47 General Neal Dow, Portland, Me : " I have^ thrc the Standard more desirable then all of thevi^ other unabridged dictionaries in my library, but I consider to appeal to the eye, can scarcely be overestimated. The Centnry and the International do not even hint at any sueli system. The references in the Standard to being and supernat- nral indicate the connection of the system of nature with its higher genus, being, and its coordinate species the super- natural, where will be found other material requisite for an adequate understanding of the meaning of nature. Standiii'd. nature, )i. 1. The existing universe as an effect or as produced, with all things that it contains and their phe- nomena and laws. Specifically: (1) The material uni- verse, embracing {a) matter in all its forms and combina- tions; the world of matter; (6) the system of arrange- ment and sequence of these forms and the laws that they follow; and (c) the causes or forces that lie at the foun- dation of this system, often conceived as one power and personified as she; as, an event not according to nature: nature perfects her work in silence. 'Nature,' said Schelling, 'sleeps in the plant, dreams in the animal, wakes in the man.' Everywhere, throughout her vast domain, we seem to see the striving after individuEility. W. S. Lilly Oh Right and Wrong ch. 4, p. 102. [c. & H. '90.1 (2) The system of all created things, material and spiritual, including all forms of being bui the supernatural, and embracing the organic and inorganic empn-es. Compare being; kingdom; supernatural. Scheme of Nature, according to Quatrefages. King- doms. Sidereal, Mineral , Vegeta- ble.... Animal. . Keplerian muUons Keplerlan motions plus pliysicos chemical phenomena Keplerian motions plus physlco«chemical phenomena plus vital phenomena. Keplerian motions plus physico=chemi cal phenomena plus vital phenomena plus the phenomena of volun- tary motion. Keplerian motions plus physico-chemical phenomena plus vital phenomena plus vol- untarymotionpiusmo rallty and j'eliffiosity Under Laws of — Gravitation. Gravitation plus ether=dynam Ics. Gravitation plus etheredynam- Ics plus life. Gravitation plus etheradynam- ics plus life plus animal mind. Gravitation plus ether=dynam ics plus life plus animal mind plus hu- man spirit. Cvntury. nature, n. 2. The forces or processes of the material world, conceived of as an agency intermediate between the Creator and the world, producing all organisms and preserving the regular order of things: as, in the old dictum, ''nature abhors a vacuum." In this sense na- ture is often personified. And there is in this business more than nature "Was ever conduct of. Shak. Tempest, v. 1, 243. 5. The riiaterial and spiritual universe, as distinguished from the Creator; the system of things of which man forms a part; creation, especially that part of it which more immediately surrounds man and affects his senses, as mountains, seas, rivers, woods, etc.: as, the beauties of nature; in a restricted sense, whatever is produced without artificial aid, and exists unchanged by man, and is thus opposed to art. Nature in the abstract is the aggregate of the powers and properties of all things. Nature means the sum of all phenomena, together with the causes which produce them: including not only all that happens, but all that is capable of happening; the unused capabilities of causes being as much a part of the idea of nature as those which take ef- fect. J. S. Mill. Inter natiotial. natures. 1. The existing system of things; the world of matter, or of matter and mind; the creation; the universe. But looks through nature up to nature's God. Pope. Nature has caprices which art can not imitate. Macaulay. 3. The established or regular course of things; usual order of events; connection of cause and effect. The reference in the definition of nature, in the Stand- ard Dictionary, to kingdom, where certain restrictions in the application of that word in the sclieiiie of nature are pointed out, indicates the direction of the further unfolding of the system. It is necessary, therefore, to understand the defini- tion of KINGDOM at this point. kin»:doin, n. 4. J\'c(t. Hist. A primary division of natural objects. Those generally recognized arc the animal, vegetable, and mineral Kingdoms. Some authors use another for organ- Isms intermediate between the animal and vegetable king- doms, and designated Protista, etc. In the distribution of Quatrefages, five are recognized, the sidereal, mineral, vege- table, animal, and human. See these words, also scheme OF NATURE, UUdCr NATURE. In it [Smtema Naturce of Linnaeus! the three Jdngdoms of na- ture are thus defined :— Minerals are concrete bodies, possessing neither life nor sensibility; vegetables are organized bodies, pos- sessed of life, but without sensibility ; animals are organized bodies, possessing life and sensibility, together with voluntary motion. W. Macgillivkay Lives of Eminent Zoologists § 8, p. 273. [s. M. & CO. '34.1 kingdom, n. 6. In nat. hist., one of the three great divisions in which natural objects are ranked in classi- fication—namely, the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms. kingdom, n. 3. An extensive scientific division dis- tinguished by leading or ruling characteristics; a prin- cipal division; a department; as, the mineral kingdom. " The animal and vegetable kiiigdoms.'''' Locke. In the Standard, in connection with the natural=history definition of kingdom, as " a primary division of natural objects,"' three principal views of the sclienie of nature are given, so as to supplement that given at nature : lt»t. The eonimon cli.stribution into animal, vegetable, and mineral, as defined by Linnaeus. 2d. That of some other scientists, who would introduce between the animal and vegetable kingdoms a kingdom for organ- isms, called Protista, intermediate between animals and vegetables. 3 plantu ii, e.. Flowering Plants). II. Pteridopliyta, III. Bryophyta. IV. Tliallophyta. , vegetable, n. 2, In the comprehensive and scientific sense, any living organism not possessed of animal life; a plant of any Ijind. See plawt. plant, n. 1. Bot. An organized non«sentient being en dpwed with vegetable as distinguished from animal lift: a vegetable in the widest sense. A plant is generally believed to be differentiated from an animal by the lack or feeling or of the power of voluntarj motion. In Its higher forms It has aroot, stem, leaves, flow- ers, and fruit, or their equivalent; In lower forms It lacks some of these ; and In the lowest forms it may be reduced to a single cell, as In some of the lowest protophytes. See VEGETABLE KINGDOM; NATURE. Centtirf/. — Vegetable kinf^dom, that division of natural ob- jects which embraces vegetables or plants; the regniim vegetabile; Vegetabilia. vegeta.hle, n. 1, A plant. See plants plants n. 4. An individual living being with a materi- al organism, not animal in its nature; a member of the vegetable kingdom: a vegetable, in the widest sense. While the difference between plants and animals in all their higher forms is clearly marked, science has hitherto been unable to fix upon any one absolutely universal criterion between them. Nothing perhaps is so distinctive of the plant as its power to appropriate and assimilate mineral matter directly, whereas most animals live on the products of previous organization. The plant thus mediates In the scheme of nature between the mineral and the animal world, forming an essential condition of most animnl exist- ence. But many plants, including the whole group of Fungi, and the saprophytic, parasitic, and cjirnhorous flowermg plants, live wholly or In part on organic matter, while not all animals are confined to organic nutriment. See ANIMAL and Protista. For the fundamental classifi- cation of plants, see Cryptogamia and Phanerogamia. I. PlI^NOGAMIA (called also PHANE- ROGAMIA). Plants-^ having distinct flow- ers and true seeds. M. W. Harrington, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C: zng English dictionary extant'' International. — vegetable kingrdom (Nat. ffist.), that prhnary di- vision of living things which includes all plants. The classes of the vegetable kingdom have been grouped dif- ferently by various botanists. Tbo following is one of Llie best ol the many arrangements of the principal Bubdi\i- slons. 1. Dicotyledons (called also Exogens).— Seeds with two or more cotyledons. Stems with the pith, woody fiber, and bai'k con- ' centi'ically arranged. Divided into two subclasBee : ANGIOSPERMS, having the woody fiber interspersed with dotted or annular ducts, and the seeds contained in a true ovary; Gymnosperms, havine few or no ducts in the woody fiber, and the seeds riaked. •2. Monocotyledons (called also Endo- gens). — Seeds with single cotyledon. Stems with slender bundles of woody fiber not concentrically arranged, and I with no true bark. Acrogens. — Plants usually with dis- tinct stems and leaves, existing in two al- ternate conditions, one of which ik non- sexual and sporophdric, the other sexual oophoric. Divided ilito VASCULAR ACRO- GENS, or PTBRIDOPHYTA, having the sporophoric plant conspicuous and con- sisting partly of vascular tissue, as in Ferns, Lycopods, and Eouiseta, and Cel- lular Acrogens, or Beyophyta. hav- ing the sexual plant most conspicuoub, but destitute of vascular tissue, as in Mosses and Scale Mosses. Thallogens. — Plants without distinct stem and leaves, consisting of a simple or branched mass of cellular tissue, or re- duced to a single cell. Reproduction ef- fected variously. Divided into ALGiE, which contain chlorophyll or its equiva- lent, and which live upon air and water, and Fungi, which contain no chlorcJphyll, and live on organic matter. (Lichens are now believed to be fungi parasitic on in- cluded algse.) Many botanists divide the Phsenogamla primarily into Gymnosperms and Angiosperms, and the latter into Dico- tyledons and Monocotyledons. Other consider Pterldo- phyta and Bryophyta to be separate classes. Thallogens are variously dlvlcled by different writers, and the places for diatoms, slime molds, and stoneworts are altogether uncertain. vegetable; n. 1. Biol. A plant. See; plant. plant, n. 1, A vegetable; an organized living being, generally without feeling and voluntary motion, and having, when complete, a root, stem, and leaves, though consisting sometimes only of a single leafy expansion, or a series of cellules, or even a single cellule. Plants are divided by their structure and methods of re- production Into two series, vhsenogamous or lowering plants, which have true flowers and seeds, and cryplona- mouit or AowerlesH plants; which have no flowers, and 're- produce by minute one-celled spores. In both series aj-e minute and simple forms and others of great size and com- plcxltv. II. Cryptogamia. Plants without true flowers, and repro- J duced by minute spores of various kinds, or by simple cell division. 'Far tJie most useful and interest- 49 Edward Everett Hale, D.D. the firm and to the eompilers!' The definition of vegetable in the Standard, distinguishes vegetable organism^* from annual by the possession of a different kind of life from animal life. The pecuharities of animal life are brought out under animal. Tliis is made clearer by the added reference to plant. The Standard's division of the vegetable kingdom is that of the most recent scientific botany, and will be found, in accordance with the Standard's usual method, more completely unfolded in vocabulary place under the names of the divisions. The Century's division is not given at vegetable king- dom, but at plant, where only the Phaenerogamia and the Cryptogamia are mentioned. The International has a double treatment, one at vege- Boston : ''It is the blessing of our breakfast table. I think it docs great credit to table kingdom and another at plant, — a treatment entirely out of proportion when considered with reference to its ordinary treatment of kindi'ed subjects, and in wliich is embodied mucli of the definitive matter belonging in various vocabulary places. In a note added to the latter definition, plants are distinguished as self-supporting and dependent, and it is affirmed that the movements of climbing plants -'may be considered a kind of voluntary motion"! The Standard alone gives the distinct divisions, in compact and systematic form, in accordance with the most recent scien- tific botany as in such works as the Encyclopaedia Britannica. At the same time by its reference to nature it connects the vegetable kingdom with the selieme of nature. IV. Animal Kingdom, as Part of the Scheme of Nature. Standard. auiiiial kingrdonit one of the prime divisions of nature, according to most naturalists, embracing all animals. See NATURE. Divisions of the Animal Kingdom. Protozoa: (1) Gymnomyxa, {2) Corticfiia. ((1) Cmlentera, (2) Echmorlermata, (3) Vermes, Metazoa: < (4) Arthropoda, (5) Molluscoideu, iti) MoUh-s- ( ca, C7j Vertebrata. [See definition beJow, as they appear in the Dictionary vocabulary.] animal,??.. 1. A sentient living organism broadly dis- tinguished from a plant by incapacity to convert inorganic into organic matter; a sentient living being. Animals may usually also be distinguished by their taking food into a digestive cavity and by the power of voluntary motion. It is impossible, however, to establish any absolute demarcation between plants and animals, the lowest forms of both lacking more and more of their respective character- istics and being distinguishable chiefly by their relations to other organisms. Among animals a coral or an oyster is as incapable of locomotion as an oaft, and a tapeworm feeds by imbibition and not by the inges- tion of solid matter. HuXLEY Anat. Invert, ch. 1, p. 44. [a. '90-1 The most essential thing of all, that which makes every animal an animal, is that it has some mode or other of reproduction of motion, and of respiration. LOTZE System, Philos. tr. by Bosan quet, pt, i, ch. 1, p. 31. [CL. P. '87.] Century. — Auinial kiiifircloni, all animals collectively; Ani- malia; one of the three grand divisions of the realm of nature ii-mperiuTn iiatiirse), the other two comprising plants and minerals respectively. For scientific purposes it has been divided into classes, orders, families, genera, species and groups (with intermediate divisions often formed by prefixing sub- or super- to these words), where- by the classification and registration of animals are facili- tated. Examples of the primary divisions are the foUo^v- ing: (1) The Linnean system (1766) divided animals into 6 classes: I. Mammalia; II, Aves; III, Amphibia; IV. Pisces; V, Insecta; VI. Vermes. (2) The system of Cuvier (1817) proposed 4 subkingdoms and 20 classes: 1. Vertebrata {Mammalia, Aves, Meptilia, Piscen), II. Mol- lusca {Cephalopoda, Pteropoda, Gasteropoda, Acphnht, Brachiopoda, Cirrhopoda); III. Articulata (Auhelni'--^, Crustacea, Trilobita, Arachnida, Iiise'-(u'\; IV. RadiaUt (Echinodermata, Entozoa, Acalepha, Pch/pi, Iiifu--'Oriii) (3) The system of Owen (1S60) separated the Prntoz'vi from An imalia proper as a separate kingdom, the latter being then divided into subkingdom I., Invertebratn, with 3 pro- vinces, Rndiata, Articulata, Mollusca; and subkingdom 11., Yerteb7-ata. (4) In 1869 Huxley arranged the animal kingdom in the S primary groups Vertebrata, Mollusca, Molltiscoida, Oelenterata, Annulosa, Annuloida, Infus- oria, Protozoa. No two authorities agree upon the leading divisions of the animal kingdom, but a system like the fol- lowing is now quite generally accepted: Subkingdom A (with one phylum), ProU>zoa: class I., Shizopoda; class II., Gregarinida; class III., Infusoria. Subkingdom B. Metazoa. Phylum 1, Cmlenterata: class IV., Spongiozoa, class v., Hudrozoa; class VI., AcUnozoa, class VII., Ctenozoa. Phylum 2, Echinodermata: class VIIL, Crinoi- dea; class IX., Asteroidea; class X., Echinoidea; class XI., Holothuroidea. Phylum 3, Vermes: class XII., Plat- helminthes; class XIII., Xemathelminthes; class XIV., Gephyrea; class XV., Annelida; class XVI., BoUfera, Phylum 4, Arthropoda: class XVII., Crustacea; class XVIII., Arachnida; class XIX., Myriapoda; class XX. InsecUi. Phylum 5, Molluscoidea: class XXI., Polyzoa class XXII., Brachiopoda. Phylum 6, Mollusca: class XXIII., Acephala; class XXIV., Pteropoda^ class XXV, Gasteropoda: class XXVI., Cephalopoda. Phylum 7. Ver- tebrata: class XXVII., TtLuieata: class XXVIII., Lejito- cnrdia; class XXIX., Marsipobranchii; class XXX ElamiobranchU; class XXXI., Pisces; class XXXII . Amphibia; class XXXIII., Reptilia; class XXXIV., Ares- class XX:XV., Mammalia. Three remarkable genera, Dicyeina, Sagitta, and Balanoglossus, are sei'erally re- garded by many authors as types of classes. animal, n. 1. A sentient living laeing; an indi- vidual, organized, animated, and sentient portion of matter; in soo^., one of the Animalia; a member of the animal kingdom, as distinguished from a vegetable or a mineral. The distinction from the latter i^ sufficient, consisting in organization, interstitial nutrition, vitality, and animation; but it is impossible to draw any line be- tween all vegetables and all animals. Any criteria which may be diagnostic in most instances fail of applicability to the lowest forms of animal and vegetable life; and no def- inition which has been attempted has been entirely suc- cessful. Most animals are locomotory as well as motile- most plants are fixed. Most animals exhibit distinct active and apparently conscious or voluntary movements in re- sponse to irritation, mechanical or other; most plants do not. Most animals feed upon other animals or upon plants that is to say, upon organic matter; most plants, upon in- organic substances. Mosc animals have no cellulose in their composition, nitrogenous compounds prevailing- while cellulose is highly characteristic of plants. Most animals inhale oxygen and exhale carbon dioxid, the reverse of the usual process in plants; and few animals have chlorophyl, which is so generally present in plants. Ani- mals have usually a digestive cavity and a nervous system and are capable of certain manifestations of consciousness sentiency, and volition, which ean be attributed to plants only by great latitude in rhe iiic of the ter't'* Ititernational. — Animal kingdom, the whole class of beings en- dowed with animal life. It embraces several subkingdoms, and under these there are ClasseSj Orders, Families, (jcnera. Species, and sometunes intermediate groupings, all in regu- lar subordination^ but variously arranged by different writ- ers. The following are the grand divisions, or subking- doms, and the principal classes under them, generally rec- ognized at the present, time:— vertebrata. including MaTnmalia or Mamm.als, Arex or Birds, E'-jjiUiu. Amphi- bia, Pisces or Fishe--i. 3far^ipob/finchiata {'.'rfminr'n: and Leptocardia (.l'.7v^///V/i.— tiiuicata, including the Thali- acea, and As'-h/'ni<./ea "t A\f/'/i»(ns.— a.vticu1ia.ta. or an- nulosa, including Insecta, Myriapoda, Malac/pn-i-i^ Ar<(vhi'idi(, Ptjenogonida, Merostom.ata, Cmstacect (Arth- ropoda); and Ayinelida, Gephyrea iAn arthropoda). ~- heluiinthes or vermes, including RoUfera, Chset^gna- thn, Xematoidea, Acumhocephala, ^emertifia, Tvrbel- laria, Trematoda. Cestoidea. J/e-sosoa.— molluscoidea, including Brachiopoda and Bryozon.— wno\ln>caf includ- ing Cephalopoda, GaMropoda, Pteropoda, S"ip/topoda, LamellibrancMata or Acephala.— echinodermataiin- c]ni^ng ffblothjtrioidea, Echinoidea, Asferioidea, Opkiuro- idea, and Crinoidea.— coelenterata, including Anthozoa or Polypfi, Ctenophora, and Hydrozoa or Acalephs.— spongiozoa or porifera, including the sponges.— protozoa, including Infusoria and Rhizopoda. For def- initions, see these names in the vocabulary. animal, n. 1 . An organized living being endowed with sensation and the power of voluntary motion, and also characterized by taking its food into an internal cavity or stomach for digestion: by giving carbonic acid to the air and taking oxygen in the process of respiration; and by increasing in motive power or active aggressive force with the progress to maturity. Animal king^dom, treated by the Standard in vocabulary. 1. Protozoa, n. pi. Zool. A primary division of the animal kingdom, vari- ously ranked and limited, embracing organisms consisting of a single cell or groups of cells not separable into different tissues. Reproduction is usually by fission, gemmation, or spo re ■= formation. The Protozoa are divided into (1) Gymnomyxa, including Proteromorpha, Mycetozoa. Lobosa, Laby- rinthuttdea, Heliozoa, Radiolaria, and Foramimfera; (2) Corticata, including infu- sorlans and sporozoaus. See animal kingdom, under an imal. (1) Gymnomyxa, n. pi. l^otoz. A priuiary section or grade of protozoans with ceIl==protoplasm exposed as undifferentiated shme exsertile into pseudopodia, as iu ameblds and radiolarians. (3) Corticata, n. pi. Protoz. A grade of protozoans with the protoplasm of the cell-'body in two layers, an outer cortical substance and an inner medullarv substance: including the sporozoaus and infusorians. 2. IWetazoa, n. pt. Zool. A primary division of the animal kingdom, whose germs become differentiated into at least an outer wall or ectoderm and un inner wall or endoderm, including all animals higher than protozoans. (1) Coelentera, n. pi. 1. Zooph: A branch, phyhim, 6r grade of the animal 'Hncfdoui with an enteric cavity occupying the entire interior of the body and functioning as a vascular as well as a digestive system: including sea-anemones, corals, jellyfish, etc. The CivJenfe?'a are variously divided into Anthozoa, Hydro- zoa, and Ctenophora,, or into Actinozoa and Hydrozoa. (2) Ecbinodermata, n. pi. Ec/un. A large division of the animal kingdom, variously ranked, especially a branch of metazoans with distinct alimentary canal generally a radiate arrangement of parts, and exoskeletal elements often combining to form aiigid BkcJL'ton, as in the crinoids, sea^cggs, starfishes, and Imlothurlans (3) ■% ei i"e*, « pj. Zoo}. A division of annuals, especially a branch or subking- dom with a bilaterally symmetrical form, bloods ascular svsteni. suprae-ophaaSl ganglion, esci-etory organs or nephridia, no articulated leg^, and generally a & segmented body: including earthworms and ^ea-worms, le^^clus nemerteaivC nematelmmths rotifers, brachiopods, polyzoans, etc., but not the platelmS (tnrbellarians. flukes, and tapeworms.) i"aieiuiuuii& {!) ArthroiJoda, «.yj/. Zool. A subkingdom of animals, inchulin.- inverte brates with jointed legs, as insects, spiders, and crabs "t-iuuin^ \\^^ trti- (.» irioUuscoldea, /,. pi Zool. A division of the animal kingdom o-^m- cia ly a branch embracmg the brachiopods and polyzoans. which aiv nowki o v n to have affinities with the worms rather than witli molhi-^k-. " ((I) TtloIIusoa, n. pi Zool. A division of in vertebrates, espeei-illv -i br-nich \^>^^.■ mg an unsegmentwi bi ateral body, four nerve-eon1s amuK n wUi- two^^^^^^^ eerni and two pedal, with lateral and median abdomiiS -a.t .-. % ^nX-ux ^ (1) (tphalopoda, cuttlefishes, squids, and the like; ,e) Giiiavix^a . i-, K S^ Sv.V'^ -'2^'^"'^^"""- tooth.shells; ,4, Isoplrura, ^moi^l Ac^^^^^^^^ buahes. See animal KiNiiooM, under am>i vi. ^ ^^Kep/taia, c/ior,/„ or leptocanliaus the Ciw/ioiaa or tuninius, au I tl^wL,.;, ,.''''''': emoroimeusts. ' "'^ titiiih/ionla or The Westminster Gazette, London, England ; pronounce it to be thoroughly reliable." Haz nng tested the Dictionary by careful scrutiny. i<.'c can 50 The London Times : " Weil conceived and sMlfuEly compiled.^' 1. The definition of animal king^dom is connected with and dependent upon that of animal. In the definition of ani- mal, in the Standard, animal is carefully distinguished from any merely material development, as it is regai'ded according to the view of materialism and atomism, animal being differen- tiated from "a portion of matter" by being "a sentient living organism," and from a vegetable by "incapacity to convert inorganic into organic matter" and by being "sentient." 2. The Standard's view of the animal klng^dom presents in a clear=cut manner the great divisions of that kingdom, the V. Human Kingdom, as Part of Protozoa and the Hetazoa, with the immediate subdivi- sions, according to the latest scientific authorities. By referring the further subdivisions to vocabulary the confusion that results from the Centurifs and InternationaVs method of massing the definitions is avoided. The Standard's method is that of the Dic- tionary, as distinguished from the Encyclopedia and Text-book. 3. At the same time the Standard gives a much more exact and comprehensive view than the other Dictionaries, as may be seen by examining the definitions of the subdivisions, as brought together for comparison, on page 50, the Standard's Scheme of Nature. standard. — hnman kingrdom* one of the five prime divisions of the. realm of nature, according to Quatrefages, embracing only mankind. It is subdivided into (1) the Caucasian (called also white, leptorhine, or Eurafrican); (2) the Mon- goloid (called also yellow, or Mesorhine); and (3) the JTe- groid (called also black, Ethiopian, or platyrhlne). Another classification divides it into (1) Leiotrichi, BTriooth-haired people: (2) Euplocomi, wavy«>haired; (3) Euocomi, fieecy-haired; (4) Ulotrichi, wooUy^haired: (5) Euthycomi^ straight-haired; and (6) Lophocomi, tufted = haired. See these words; also Caucasian; Mongol; na- ture; Negroid; also eaces of mankind, under man. races n. 1 , Mhnol. A primary division of the human Bpecies, containing a number of groups variously com- pdsed by different ethnologists, such groups being again variously divided and subdivided ; as, tne Caucasian race; the Mongol race. See plates of races of MANKiND,at man . Mankind has been divided into races according to certain distinctive peculiarities (as of color, hair, skull, teeth, etc.), cdnsidered essentially characteristic. For classification by color, nose, and hair, see human kingdom; for philological classification, see language; for cranial, see skull. Cent'uri/, [Not recognized and not defined nor distributed at man or at race.] International. [Human kingdom not recognized nor dis- tributed.} race, n. 1. The descendants of a common ancestor; a family, tribe, people, or nation, believed or presumed to belong to the same stock; a lineage; a breed. The whole race of mankind. Shak, Whence the long race of Alban fathers come. Deyden. Naturalists and ethnographers divide mankind into several distinct varieties, or races. Cuvier refers them all to thi*ee, Pritchard enumerates seven, Agaasiz eight, Pick- ering eleven. One of the common classifications is that of Blumenbach, who makes five races: the Cauca/iian, or white race, to which belong the greater part of the Europe- an nations and those of western Asia; the Moiigolian. or yellow race, occupying Tartary, China, Japan, etc.; the Ethiopian, or negro race, occupying most of Africa (except the north), Australia, Papua, and other Pacific Islands; the American, or red race, comprising the Indians of North and South America; and the Malayan, or brown race, which occupies the islands of the Indian Archipelago, etc. Many recent writers classify the Malay and American races as branches of the Mongolian. See illus. In Appendix. 1. Under human kingdom is given in the Standard a view of that kingdom, as one of the five great divisions in Quatrefages' scheme of nature, with its subdivisons accord- ing to the two different principles, (1) of ethnological character- istics, and (2) of the character of the hair. 2. At man is presented a complete distribution of the races of mankind, as distributed according to these two principles, together with a plate of 42 typical heads illus- trating the leading race=stocks of mankind. 3. At American, to which reference is made, will be found a comprehensive and complete table of American races. 4, Under the definition of race are added various popular principles of classification, a reference to language for a com- plete phil ol og^i ca I classi fication . an d one to skull for a cranial classification. 5, The information contained in these treatments is up to date scientifically and such as is nowhere else accessible to the general public, having been furnished specially for the Standard by leading anthropological and ethnological experts. 6, These features are not in the other Dictionaries. By following out in this manner the scheme of nature, as embodied in the Standard Dictionary, a very comprehensive view may be obtained of the entire realm of natm*e. (B.) — THE SCHEME OF THE SUPERNATURAL. To make up the sum of all heing, the supernatural must be added to the scheme of nature. A scheme of the supernatural is given from the ordinary Christian stand=point, with a view of what is embraced in this higher realm. Standard. supernatural, a. 1. Existing or taking place through Bome agency above the forces of nature; being outside of the range or operation of natural law, whether psychical or physical; caused miraculously or by the im- mediate exercise of divine power. Compare natural; PRETERNATURAL . sui^ernatural, n. That which is outside the range of the accei)ted course of nature; that which transcends na- ture qud includes the Creator together with those forms of being (existences or activities) collectively that are special manifestations of his will or power outside, or apparently outside, of the sphere of natural law: with the definite ar- - tide. See scheme below, and compare being; nature. System of the Supernattjeal From the Ordinary Christian Standpoint. God, the founda- tion of the Su- ;ternatural Creation. Phenomena, Providence. Bedemptlon, by cooper- ation of the Trinity. Infinite, absolute, free, spiritual personality, as Trinity. Origination of matter, worlds, organisms, and finite spirits, angelic, human, etc., and eleva- tion of nature by grace, Prevision, prearrange- ment,government,raoral government, judgment, The Father : — orlglna- 1 ting the plan of re- demption. The Son : — effecting redemption— In con- nection with the cho- sen people and the church, prophecy and mfracie, and In his Incarnation and redemptive work and universal reign. The Holy Spirit: — ap- plj^ng redemption — In the Illumination, regeneration, sanctl- flcatlon, and glorifi- cation of the saved, and In all spiritual en- lightenment. Freedom and perfection. Freedom and perfection + power, wis dom, and goodness. P'reedom and perfection -\- power , wisdom, and goodness + justice. Century, supernatural, a. 1. Being beyond or exceeding the powers or laws of nature; not occurring, done, bestowed,, etc.; through the operation of merely physical laws, but by an agency aBove and separate from these. !siipernatura], n. That which is above or beyond the established course or laws of nature; something trans- cending nature; supernatural agencies, influence, phe- nomena, etc. : with the definite article. Freedom and perfection ■+ Sower, wls- om, and goodness -f juBtlce + grace. International, supernatural, a. Being beyond, or exceeding, the powers or laws of nature; miraculous. The supernatural, whatever is above and beyond the scope, or the estubliBhed course, of the laws of nature. "Nature and the superiiatural." H. Bushnell. Leiand Stanford Junior University: , , . David T. Jordan, President : " / Jind it compact, convenient and fJ^^J^Jf'' ^''^''^ °-^ ^^^^^" "^ ^'^^ persons engaged in its preparation is sufficient guarantee that it is up to date,' 51 Johns Hopkins University: Prof. E. H. Spieker; ' The Standard Dictionary of the English Language.' " 1st. The examiner will note the greater fulness and expli- citness of the Standard's definition, recent discussions having given greater definiteness and distinctness to this whole subject. 2d. The scheme presented embraces : (1) Ood its founda- tion ; (2) creation, providence, and redemption, the kingdoms or spheres of his operation ; and (3) the phenomena and laws of these. This is not in any way suggested in the Century and International, and is not to be found elsewhere. It is . given suggestively in the Standard, from the ordinary 'It deserves to become what you have fittingly named it : Christian stand-point, to aid anyone who is studying this sub- ject, in formulating and clarifying his views. 3d. The references to being and nature connect this subject with its related subjects, according to the general method of the Standard, as that method has already been found illustrated at nature. By referring to the various terms used in the definitioiis and in the scheme, a comprehensive view of the §uper- natural may be obtained. B.— THE SYSTEM OF KNOWLEDGE. Man, as possessed of a mind or intellect (see mind; in- tellect), has the power to finow more or less concerning the universe, or liystcm of being. The Standard Dictionary has aimed to gather up and formulate the system of knoAvl- edge, as well as that of being, the circle of things known being even more important than that of things existing Standard. knoAvledge, ?;. Any object of knowing or mental ap- prehension. Specificaliy: (1) That wliicli is or may be known; the knowable; as, the branches of knowledge. In this sense human knowledge may be classified as \a) scie?ice, ib) art, and (c) literature. See these words. (2) Actual or possible range of information; scope of view; as, if it be a fact, it is not in my knowledge; the future is beyond our knowledge. Century. knoivledge, n. 1 . The state of being or of having become aware of fact or truth; intellectual recognition of or acquaintance with fact or truth; the condition of knowing. Subjectively considered, knowledge implies clear conviction or a consciousness of certainty; but this consciousness does not constitute knowledge, and may bo associated with error. Internationa, knowledge, n. 1. The act or state of knowing;' clear perception of fact, truth, or duty: certain apprehension; familiar cognizance; cognition. Knowledge, which is the liighest degree of the speculative facul- ties, consists in the perception of the truth of afhrmative or nega- tive propositions. Locke. It will be shown, in comparison of definitions (p. 62), that the Standard alone gives real definitions of know and knoAVledge. The comparison of the special definitions pre- sented here will show that the Standard alone suggests and unfolds a comprehensive system of knowledge, as em- braced in (1) science, (2) art, (3) literature. This fur- nishes the basis for a complete distribution of the whole range of accredited and formulated human knowledge, as it is to be found tmder these general terms and their subordinate species, a basis not fui'nished by other Dictionaries. (A.) — THE STANDARD'S SCHEME OF SCIENCE. The Standard alone gives a comprehensive sclieme of science, arranged on a simple and logical principle of divi- sion, and as part of that wider system of knowledge that embraces science, art, and literature. This will be evident on comparison of the treatment and divisions of these terms in the Dictionaries. Standard. science, n. 1 . Knowledge gained and verified by exact observation and correct thinking, especially as method- ically formulated and arranged in a rational system; also, the sum of universal knowledge. Science In the wide sense includes (11 science proper. embracing (a) exact knowledge of facts (historical or empir- ical science), (6) exact knowledge of laws, obtained by cor- relating facts (nomological science), and (c) exact knowl- edge of proximftte causes (rational science); and (2) pin- lo.'iophy. See PHILOSOPHY. In the narrow sense of positive science the word is used as including only the first two divi- sions of science proper. Modern scietuie may be regarded as one vast miracle, whether we view it in relation to the .4Imighty Being, by whom its objects and its laws were formed, or to the feeble intellect of man. by which its depths have been sounded, and its ravsteries explored. Beewster Natural Magic letter i, p, 94. Itegg 'I 2. Any department of knowledge in which the results of investigation have been worked out and systematized; an exact and systematic statement of knowledge concern- ing some subject or group of subjects; especially, a sy.s- tem of ascertained tacts and principles covering and attempting to give adequate expression to a great natural group or division of knowledge; as, the seiences of as- tronomy, botany, chemistry, and medicine; the science of theology. The sciences are divisible Into (1) the mathematical, treating of quantity, (2) the jOftj/siOTi, treating of matter and its properties, (3) tne biological, treating of the phenomena of life, (4) the anthropological, treating of man, and (5) tlie tlieological, treating of the Deity. See mathematics; phys- ical SCIENCES, under physical, biology; anthropol- ogy; THEOLOGICAL SCIENOK, UUdcr THEOLOGICAL In the progress of human knowledge a science, in its earliest and sunplost form. Is usually a mere collection of observed facts, like the knowledge of the movements of the heavenly bodies possessed by the ancient Egyptians. The next step is to correlate or generalize these facts, forming a system like that of Ptolemy or Copernicus; the next, to formulate these generalizations as laws, as was done by Kepler; the final step, to proceed to some principle or force accounting for these laws, usually by the aid of mathemat- ical analysis, as was done by Newton in his theory of uni- versal gravitation. The tendency of modern physical sci- ence Is toward this more complete generalization. Its goal being the discovery of a principle that shall connect all physical phenomena. Compare inductive .method, under INDUCTIVE; also, LAW, 7. By Science, as the word is here used, we mean a Systematic ar- rangement of the laws which God has established, so far as they have been discovered, of any department of human knowledge. Wayland and Chapin Elements Polit. Econ. p. t. [sji. & co.] .9. Knowledge obtained individually by study of facts, principles, causes, etc.; the habit or posstssion of exact knowledge, i. Bxpertness, or ability to do, resulting from knowledge; exceptional skill acquired by intelli- gent practise; as, the «CT«n«e of a pugilist. 5. Formerly, a trade or occupation. 6. Either one of the seven lib- eral arts (grammar, rhetoric, logic, arithmetic, music, geometry, astronomy) embraced in the trivium ant" quadrivlum: an ancient use. Century. science, n. 1. Knowledge; comprehension or under- standing of facts or principles. 2. Knowledge gained by systematic observation, experiment, and reasoning; knowledge coordinated, arranged, and systematized; also, the prosecution of truth as thus known, both in the abstract and as a historical development. , Since all phenomena which have beeu sufficiently ex- amined are found to take place with regularity, each having certain fixed conditions, positive and negative, on the oc- currence of which It invariably happens, mankind have been able to ascertain . . . the conditions of the occurrence of many phenomena; and the progress of science mainly consists In ascertaining these conditions. J S. Mill. 3. Knowledge regarding any special group of objects, coSrdinated, arranged, and systematized; what is known concerning a subject, systematically arranged; a branch of knowledge: as, the science of botany, of astronomy, of etymology, of metaphysics; mental science: physical science; in a narrow sense, one of the physical sciences, as distinguished from mathematics, metaphysics, etc. In reference to their degree of specialization, the sciences may be arranged as follows. (A) Mathematiis. the study of the relations of the parts of hypothetical constructions. Involving no observation of facts, but only of the creations of our own minds, having two branches — (I) pnre math- ematics, where the suppositions are arbitrary, and (2) applied mathematics, where the hypotheses are simplifica- tions of real facta— and branching again Into (a) mathe- matical philosophg, as the theory of probabilities, etc., ib) mathematical phy-ucs, as analytical mechanics, etc., and (c) mathematical psychici, as political economy, etc. iB) Philosophy, the examination and logical analysis of the general body of fact — a science which both in reason and fn history precedes successful dealing with special elements of the universe— branching Into (1) logic and (2) meta- physics. (C) Nomology, the science of the most general laws or uniformities, having two main branches — (1 ) psy- chology and (2) general physics. (D) Chemistry, the de- termination of physical constants, and the study of the differ- ent kinds of matter In which these constants differ (E) Biol- ogy, the study of a peculiar class of substances, the proto- plasms, and of the kinds of organisms Into which they grow. (Jf) Sciences of organizations of organisms, em- bracing (t) physiology, the science of the womng of phys- ical structures of organs, and (2) sociology, the science of psychical unions, especially modes of human society, in- cluding ethics, linguistics, politics, etc. ((?) Descriptions and explanations of iiulividuat objects or collections, dl. vlded into (1) cosmo/ogy, embracing astronomy, geognosy, etc., and (2) accounts of human matters, as statistics, his- tory, biugraphy, etc. 4. Art derived from precepts or based on principles; skill resulting from training; special, exceptional, or preeminent skill. 5t. Trade; occupation. Inter iiat lonal. science, n. 1. Knowledge; knowledge of principles and causes; ascertained truth or facts. If we conceive God's sight or science, before the creation, to be extended to all and every part of the world, seeing evei-ything as it is. . . . his science or sight from all eternity lays no necessity on anything to come to pass. Hammo.vd Shakespeare's deep and accurate science in mental philosophy. Coleridge. 2. Accumulated and established knowledge, which has been systematized and formulated with reference to the discovery of general truths or the operation of general laws; knowledge classified and made available in work, life, or the search for truth ; comprehensive, profound, or philosophical knowledge. All this new science that men lere [teach]. Chaucer. Science is ... a complement of cognitions, having, in point of form, the character of logical perfection, and in point of matter, the character of real truth. SIR W. Hamilton. 3. Especially, such knowledge when it relates to the physical world and its phenomena, the nature, constitu- tion, and forces of matter, the qualities and functions of living tissues, etc.; — called also natural science, and physical science. Voltaire hardly left a single corner of the field entirely unex- plored in science, poetry, history, philosophy. J. MoRUET. 4. Any branch or department of systematized knowl- edge considered as a distinct field of investigation or ob- ject of study; as, the science of astronomy, of chemistry, or of mind. The ancients reckoned seven sciences, namely, grammar rhetoric, logic, arithmetic, music, geometrv. and astron- omy;- the first three being Included In the' Trivium, the remaining four In the Quadricium. Good sense, which only is the gift of Heaven, And though no science, fairly worth the seven. PoPE. 5. Art, skill, or expertness, regarded as the result of knowledge of laws and principles. His science, coolness, and great strength. „ . , G. A. Lawrence. ^A^J"^r'f\^J<""'^'' ?"■ P'"'" , ^PP""I "eience Is a knowl- S„SLJh J"'^''*' ""^ents, or phenomena, as explained, ac- counted for, or produced, by means of powers, causes or laws. Pure science Is the knowledge of these powers cnHnni "'■ 'af.J'.'-onsl'iered apart, or as pure from all appli'. cations. Both these loi-ms have a similar and special s KUi- ficat on when applied to the science of (luantltyras the an. plied and pure mathematics. Ea^act mencek' iuo^-leSge so systematized that prediction and vcrmcatlon. bv iii^ urement, exnerluient, observation, etc., are possible Tlu' Sf "* physical sciences ai-e calleS JAe Mrtrtiri. o "Comparative McieiiceN, Iniliiclive Hrienmi Sec under compakativk and indcotivk. »<^><''>ees- The Brooklyn Eagle : "A truly splendid addition to the pictorial lexicography of to-day. of this fine lexicon is unusually full. The execution of the work is superb." 53 The vocabular\ New York Times: "So packed with information about the words of our language as to give it a high rank among the most authoritative works of its class." According to the Standard, science, it will be observed, is not merely "knowledge," nor "classified knowledge," nor " philosophical knowledge," but "knowledge gained and verified by exact observation and correct thinking," and this " especially as methodically formulated [see inductive method ; deductive method] and arranged in rational system " [see system]. It is also "the sum of universal knowledge" gained in this way. Science, in this wide sense, is represented as embracing : (1) Science proper, including as phases : (a) Historical science, deaUng with the facts or phe- nomena of the universe or of a branch of knowledge. (b) Noniological science, dealing with the laws ex- pressing the order of occurrence of phenomena. (e) Rational science, dealing with the proximate causes that explain the laws of phenomena. (2) Philosopliy, as the scientific treatment of principles. Philosophy, as scientifically investigated and formulated, belongs to science in this wider sense, no less ti-uly than the natural sciences, — we mean scientific philosophy, as distinguished from mere speculation or metaphysical dreaming. Its distribution as given at philosophy, wiU be found under the scheme op philosophy, on p. 57 of this pamphlet, where the treatment of the Dictionaries wiU be compared. By comparing the Standard's treatment of science with the treatment given to that word by the Century and Inter- national, it will be seen that : 1st. They fail to bring out distinctly the essential features of science, covering (1) the kind of knowledge implied, (3) the distinctive methods by which it is formulated, and (3) the rational system by virtue of which the system of science cor- responds with the reality that it embodies the knowledge of. The Standard's definition excludes the vast mass of specu- lation and guessswork that so often claims to be science, and to deliver the world from which was one of the chief aims of Lord Bacon's great work, the Novum Organum. !id. They fail to give the very important phases of all sciences, as historical, nomological, and ration- al, which Sh- William Hamilton so carefully discriminated. 3d. They fail to give philosophy any definite sphere, as distinct trom science proper, and the International even makes philosophical an essential part of its definition of science. 4th. The Standard, in definition 3, separates science proper, which deals with the phenomena, the laws, and the proximate causes or forces, of the cosmos, from philosophy, which deals with the principles that underlie and condition all being and all knowledge. As philosophy thus deals with facts, and deals with them in accordance with the scientific method, it manifestly belongs within the sphere of science in the wide sense; as it deals with principles, or the ultimate facts of being and knowledge, it is clearly distinguished from science in the narrow sense, or science proper, and calls for its own distinct definition and distribution, as given by the Standard. 5tli. The propriety and necessity of this distinction of science and pliilosophy — which is assumed in all discrimi- nating use in literature: even where it is not distinctly for- mulated, and which is absolutely necessary if the sphere of philosophy is to be made at all clear and distinct — is made evident by even a cursory inspection of the Century's distribu- tion of the scheme of science. That distribution, as shown by the appended definition, is as follows : Century's Scheme of Science. (a) Mathemaiics, the study of the relatione of the parts of hypothetical con structions, involving no observation of facts, (h) Philosophy, the examination and logical analysis of the general body of fact. (c) Nomology, the science of the most general laws or uniformities. (d) Chemisiry, the determination of physical constants, and the study of the different kinds of malter in which .these constants differ. (e) Biology, the study of a peculiar class of substances, the protoplasms, and of the kinds of organisms into which they grow. (f) Sciences of organizations of organisms. (g) Descripiiom and explanations of individual objects or collections. Such a distribution is obviously illogical, confused, incom- plete, and unintelligible — a jumble of science and. philosophy, of observation and mechanical evolution, of methods and phases — and excludes philosophy in the sense in which it is com- monly (or rather, almost universally) used. 6th. The International gives no distribution of the sub- ject, and no key to such distribution, except in a note under the definition (which see) where it gives the seven ancient so=oalled sciences, better given by the Standard under definition 6, where their relation is also shown to the trivium and qua- drivium. I.— THE STANDARD'S SCHEME OF SCIENCE PROPER. The Standard, in definition 2, furnishes the basis for a simple, clear, consistent, and complete distribution of science proper, carried out in connection with the definitions and further subdivisions of the subject. The scheme of science proper is so extended in its subdivisions and ramifications, that it can be barely indicated in outline here, and that only for the purpose of showing the Standard's method of dealing with all kindred subjects. The general scheme as presented in the definition, is as follows : Sciences Proper. (1) Mathematics, the science of quantity, or of number and extension, in con- nection with time and space. (2) Physical science, or science of dead matter, as existing in time and space and in mathematical conditions. (3) Biology, the sciences of life and living matter, vegetable and animal. (4) Anthropology, the sciences of man, as a rational animal. (5) Tlieology, the science of God and divine things. In still further unfolding the Standard's scheme of science proper, the corresponding definitions of the other Dictionaries will be mostly omitted, and attention turned ex- clusively to the scientific method used in this Dictionary. I. Mathematics (the Sciences of Number and Extension, in Connection with Time and Space). matliematlcs, n The science that treats of quantity, especially by the use of symbols; the science that treats of the measuring of quantities and the ascer- tainment of their properties and relations. , Mathematics embraces pu7'e mathematics, treating (1) of number (arithmetic antl algebra) and (2) of space (geometrjj), ajid applied mathemaiics, used in all the physical sciences {see physical), and in logic and economics. In both pure and appled mathematics the treatment may be (1) by synthesis or (2) by analysis. See these words. This fundamental distribution gives : 1st. Pure mathematics, (1) Dealing with numbers (arithmetic and algebra) ; (3) Dealing with space (geometry). iJd. Applied mathematics: (1) Applied to Physics (mathematical physics); (3) Applied to Logic (mathe- matical logic) ; (3) Applied to Economics (mathematical ee«||omics) ; etc. 41le branches of pure mathematics are still further defined and distributed, in the Standard, as follows : a. Arithmetic. arltliinetlc, n. 1. The science of numbers and the art of reaching results by their use. As generally studied, it embraces (1) abstract arithmetic, the science of pure number or quantity, and (3) practical arithmetic, the application of .these rules to the problems of everyday life, commerce, etc. See the following scheme for a comprehensive elementary view of the subject. Scheme of Arithmetic. Notation. Basis — I— Unit. Arithmetical Alphabet. 0183456789 INCKEABED By tens 1, 10, 100, 1000, etc. By varying scales 1 oz., 1 lb., 1 cwt. 1 pt., 1 qt., 1 gal. 1 in., 1 ft., 1 yd., etc. diminished By tens 1, .1, .01, .001, .0001, etc. By varying scales ;A.,y„,y,8, "u„ etc. Vb lb., Vs oy.., Vs cwt, etc. According to t/te j our ground rules Addition Multiplication By involution (powers) Subtraction Division By evolution (roots) RELATIONS EXPRESSED BY Ratios, 2: 3, 5: 6, 8: 9, etc. Proportion (equality of ratios ), 3: 3:: 4: 6, etc. PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS Percentage, Interest, Profit and Loss, Rednction of Weights and Measures Mensuration, etc. ' J. G. Fitch, LL.D., Department of Education, London, England: *'/ am mucJi impressed with the excellence of its plan and arrangement, and with the amount of skill and labor which have been expended on it'' 53 The Sunday School Times : "In the editorial office of the Sunday School Times the Standard Dictionary is an cvcry-day book of reference, and the proofreader places more and more confidence in it as an authority." The scheme of aritliinetic presents a comprehensive view of all the elements and factors that enter into the science, and suggests their various applications. b. Algebra, pp. 51, 2100. (a) Definition. algebra, n. X . That branch of mathematical analysis which reasons about quan- tity by tne use of letters and generalized symbols; generalized arithmetic. In its more limited sense it treats onlj^ of the effects of five fundamental opera- tions — addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and the extraction of roots. (6) Distribution. The principal branches of algebra may be broadly classified as follows: (I) Tlie tUeory of iiuiitbers, treating of the general principles of number apart from any arbitrary system of notation and their application to such problems as that of the determination of primes. (3) Xlie tlieory of equations and the study of certain functions having special relations to their solution, as deter- minants and invaHaiiis. (3) Xlie inAnitesimal calculus, embracing diJfeTential and integral calculus, the calculus of variations, infinite semes, and differential equations together with the functions specially related to their solution, as elliptic integrals. (4) Tlie theory of functions, treating of the func- tions mentioned under the two branches just preceding, and all other functions, as subject to the same general laws and as examples of a great class of quantities. (5) multiple algebras, based on two or more units differing in kind, arising originally from a consideration of so-called imaginaries. and including quaternions and other ziector analyses. See the full-faced and italicized words, in vocabulary. (c) Phrases. Boolian or logical algebra, a method of dealing with concepts of logic- by means of algebraic symbols and operations. — g'rapliic a., algebra in which curves are used to express the relations of quantities; simple analytical geometry.— multiple or n^tvay a., that algebra in which heterogeneous units are combined and multiplied.— pure a., algebra in whicl^ all the units are definitely related.— rlietorical a., the discussion of problems by algebraic methods, but in ordinary language; algebra without notation. This view of algebra unfolds the far=reaching modem applications, especially in the higher mathematics that are essen- tial to all profound and exact scientific investigation. The phrases give some of the more important special uses. c. Oeoinetry, pp. 758, 2100. (a) Definition. geometry, n. 1. The branch of pure mathematics that treats of space and ito relations; the science of the mutual relations of points, lines, angles, surfaces, and solids, considered as having no properties but those arising from extension and difference of situation. (h) Distribution. , Geometry may be classified (1) according to the method of reasoning used, as gyntlietic and analytical; (2) according to the subject-matter, as plane, spherical, and solid; (3) according to the treatment or its purpose, as descriptive, pngective, and metric; or (4) according to the axioms with which it sets out, as Euclidean and non-Mudidean, the latter embracing elliptic and hyperbolic. See phrases, in vocabulary. (c) Phrases. analytic geometry, geometry in which position is indicated by algebraic symbols, and the reasoning conducted by analytic operations. See axis; coordi- nate.— descriptive g. 1. That application of geometry in which the rela- tions of lines and figures in space are studied through their projections on two planes. 2. Graphic or projective geometry. — elliptic g., tnat branch of non- Euclidean geometry which assumes that every pair of parallel lines will meet if produced a certain distance.— Euclidean g., that founded solely on the axioms and postulates of Euclid.— graphic or projective g., that which considers only those properties and relations of figures which are unchanged by projection, as coUineations, tangencies, and anharmonic ratios. — higher g., any geometr}^ not elementary. — hyperbolic g., that branch of non-Euclidean geometry which assumes that every pair of parallel lines gradually diverge from each other in both directions. — metric g., geometry concerned with lengths, areas, volumes, or other properties of exact measurement. — non^Euclidean g., any system of geometry developed from the assumption that the axioms of Euclid are not all true, especially those about parallel lines. — plane'g., that branch of geometry which reasons only about relations in a plane. — solid g., or g. of three dimensions, that part of geometry whicn includes all three dimensions of space in its reasoning. — spherical g., the geometry of figures drawn upon the surface of a sphere. — synthetic g., projective or graphic geometry treated by reasoning upon figures without using analytic (qlgebraic) operations. The definition connects geometry with pure mathe- matics of which it is a branch. The distribution gives the divisions in its various, modern uses, by : (1) method of reasoning; (2) subject-matter; (3) treatment or purpose; (4) fundamental axioms. The phrases give the definitions of various important forms and phases of the science. Such a complete and systematic treatment does not appear in other dictionaries. II. Physical Sciences (the Sciences of Dead Matter, as Existing in Space and Time and Under Mathematical Conditions). physical sciences, the sciences that treat of dead matter; the sciences of energy apart from vitality, including (1) astronomy, (2) mechanics, (8) physics, (4) chemistry, and (5) the physical portions of (a) geography, (b) geology, (c) meteorol- ogy, and id) mineralogy. Considered as the sciences of energy, they may be divided as below. The Standard distinguishes the physical sciences from physics, which is only one branch of them, and that only accord- ing to the old classification; and it gives a twofold distribution of the subject, as follows : 1st. The old popular classification (from the con- crete and material side) embraces the following branches : (1) Astronomy, (2) Mechanics, (3) Physics, (4) Chemistry, (5) The Physical portions of Geography, Geology, etc. 1. Astronomy (treating of the heavenly bodies). For Definitions, see pp. 30, 2100. astronomy, n. 1. The science that treats of the heavenly bodies, their mo- tions, ntagnitudes, distances, and, in the case of all but the earth, their physical constitution. The only branch of knowledge which the Arabians ever raised to a science was a^tronomit, which began to be cultivated under the caliphs about the middle of the eighth century. Buokle Hist. Civilization vol. i, ch. 2, p. 35, note. [a. '80.] Hipparchus . . . appears to be the author of every great step In ancient uftlronomy. Eainburgh Review July, '91, p. 36. The Bcjences of physic and astronomy were successfully cultivated by the Greeks. Gibbon Rome vol. I, ch, 2, p. 71. [H.'n.] heavenly bodies, the luminous bodies that are seen in the heavens, as the sun, the moon, planets, fixed stars, comets, and nebulaB; by extension, all similar bodies in the universe, including the earth Itself and bodies too small or too distant to be seen from it, as asteroids, meteoroids, or non-luminous members of distant systems. descriptive astronomy, a general description of celestial phenomena and astronomical laws; general astronomy.— physical a., astronomy treated as a branch of physics; especially, the investigation of the physical constitution of the heavenly bodies, and of their motions and figures, as results of the me- chanical forces which produce them.— practical a., the art and science of making observations with astronomical instruments and deriving their immediate results.— spherical a., the application of geometry and trigonometry to the determination of the apparent positions of the heavenly bodies.— theoretical a., the investigation of tne orbits and motions of the heavenly bodies. 2. ITIeclianics (treating of the phenomena caused by the action of physical forces on material bodies), p. 1099. mechanics, «.. 1 . The branch of physios that treats of the phenomena caused by the action of forces on material bodies. It is subdivided into (1) statics and (2) dynamics or kinetics, according as the forces do or do not so balance each other as to produce no mqflon of the body on which they act; or into (1) the mechanics ofngid bodies >mi (2) hydromechanics (including hydrostatics and hydrodynamics), according as they act upon rigid bodies or fluids. The special branch of hydromcohanics that treats of gases is cMd pneumatics. Properly mechanics also includes acoustics. See the italicized words. The branches of mechanics are thus distributed and clas- sified in two ways: By relation to equilibrium — as: Statics, Dynamics or kinetics. By relation to rigid or fluid bodies — as: Mechanics of rigid bodies. Hydromechanics, Hydrostatics, Hydrodynamics. analytic mechanics, mechanics treated by algebraic formulas.— ani- mal m., the branch of mechanics that treats of the laws of equilibrium and motion as applied to the human body. For example, the principle of the lever is applied to the arms, powers and fulcra being respectively represented by bones, contractile muscles, and joints, while the weight or resistance is referred to the weight of the body or of individual limbs.— applied m., the principles of mechanics as applied to the construction of machinery (practical m.) and to art generally.- celestial m., the science of the motions of the heavenly bodies as deduced from their mutual gravitation. 3. Physics (ti-eating of the phenomena associated with matter in general, especially in its relations to energy). physics, n. The science or group of sciences that treats of the phenomena asso- ciated with matter in general, especially in its relations to energy, and of the laws governing these phenomena, e.\cludlng the special laws and phenomena peculiar to living matter (biology), or to special kinds of matter (chemistry). It will be observed that the definition separates clearly between physics and the related sciences of biology and chemistry. Twofold Distribution of Physics. Physics is generally held to treat of (1) the constitution and properties of matter, (2) mechanics, (.S) acoustics, (4) heal, (5) optice, and (6) eteclricilu and magnetism. As sometimes used in a limited sense, it embraces only the last four divisions; more generally and loosely, it includes all the physical science^ Sec PHYSICAL SCIENCE, under PHYSICAL. V ti.. oc^. fr^-^^'Ki^'i^.',; ■ i^''//'"''*' '•.egards matter solely as the vehicle of euorgv And hence "Tii"' S°i^\°\l[';I;,S!.T''J, ",',';L^'1'1'>»»« »« *»» department Jf sckM.re whose province It Is to investigate all those phenomena of nature which depend, cither upon the transference of energy from one portion of matter to anotiiVV or'iVmin Its transformation Into any of the forms whlcl it Is ca|nih ,' "f L'miSw fi "wort pliy-ncsmaybe regarded as the science of energy, nreclselv as cliemUtr? ma^° be regarded as the science of matter. G. F. Barkkk HiS ''g. p. c tn n! * ca''9S.1 The term physics is thus used in two senses, a wider and a narrower. In the ividcr sense it tttkes in soniulology,or the constitution and properties of matter, and mechanics ; in tlie The Inter Ocean, Chicago: "Every promise made has been fully redeemed. It is indeed ^^^^^^^^iidl^r li- lt IS markedly so excellent as to deserve only the best ivords of commendation." '^ 54 J. W. Palmer, M.D.: "/ do not hesitate to say that the Standard Dictionary is triumphantly the best of all English word books. . . . In its surprising completeness and accuracy it is without a peer." narrower seii§e it excludes these. The Standard adopts the naiTOwer sense, in its distribution of the subject, on the ground that it is more in conformity with strict logical principles. Its distribution of pliytiici!! according to this usage is as follows: Acoustics, Heat, Optics, Electricity and Magnetism. 4. Chemistry (treating of matter as made up of atoms). (a) Definition, p. 325. cliemlstry, «. 1. That branch of physical science which treats of matter con- sidered as composed of atoms and of the relations of one kind of matter to another. (b) Twofold distribution of the science. Inorganic clwmistry treats of the metallic and non^metallic elements and their compounds, distinguisned from organic chemistry, which is devoted to the in- vestigation of carhon and its compounds. It is pure or theoretical, and applied or practical. Theoretical chemistry has to do with the laws governing chemical action, while applied cliemistry treats of the application and economic relation of chemistry to the arts. According to its special application, applied chemistry may be considered as agriaiiltural, analytical, medical, metallurgical, pharma- ceutical, physiological, sanitai'y, etc. As arranged in tabular form its divisions are : According to Matter: Inorj^anic Cliemistry. Ori^ahlc Cliemistry. According to Method or Use: Theoretical Cliemistry, Applied Cliemistry, including Agricultural, etc. 5. Subsidiary pliysieai sciences. See def., p. 1333. These include the physical portions of various sciences, as geo^rapliy, geologry, etc., giving; Physical Geography, ^ Physical Geology, Physical Meteorology, Physical Mineralogy. iicl. The ne^v ciassiflcatioii of the physical sciences {as the sciences of energy) is a distribution of the subject from the modern point of view and according to the newest light. See p. 1333. ofmass-energy^-trono^y I kinetic theory of gases of molecular energy -< heat \ electricity* Sciences of , of atomic energy, chemistry of ether* vibration j : of ethereal energy ^'^^'^''' ^""^'^^^ ) electromagnetic radiation ot etnereai energy-^ ^^ ether=stres6,* electrostatics of ether«flow,* electrodynamics [of ether=vortices,* magnetism ♦According to some physicists. energy t light ( radiant heat III. Biology (the Sciences of Life and Living Matter, Vegetable and Animal). biology, n. 1 . The science of life or living organisms, treating of the phenomena (structure, growth, develop- ment, distribution, and functions) manifested by auimais and plants, or of the causes of those phenomena; the study of living matter. When it treats of the structure, etc., of all living beings alike, it Is structural biolog'y; when ic treats of the kid^doms of nature separately, it is systematic biol- osy, Structfiral biology embraces (1) morphology, which treats respectively of form and change of form in organs and organisms considered merely as definite arrangements of matter; (2) physiology, which regards organisms as living beings and studies their nutrition, growth, and re- production; (3) (tmtribuUon, both geographical and geo- logical, the one treating of the variation of life with locali- ty and its adaptation to different climatic conditions, the other of the aaalogous variation and adaptation through- out successive past ages {paleontology); and, finally, (4) etiology, wliich strives to assign causes for all these facts, and Includes phytogeny, the genealogical study of races of organisms, and ontogeny, the philosophy of tne origin of individual existences. St/stematic biology includes (1) zoology, (2) botany, and (3) in some systems of classification anthropology. As a branch of anthropological somatology (see soma- tology) human biology embraces the study (1) of the changes produced by nutrition, climate, etc, and (2) of the anatomical classification of races, including (a) com- parative physiology and pathology, (&) com.paratiiie nosol- ogy, and ic) criminal anthropology. Century. biology, n. 1 . The science of life and living things in the widest sense; the body of doctrine respecting living beings; the knowledge of vital phenomena. It IS remarkable that each of these writers [Treviranus and Lamarckl seems to have been led, independently and contempo- raneously, to invent the same name of Biology tor the science of the phenomena of life. , . . And it is hard to say whether Lamarck or Treviranus has the priority. . . . Though the first volume of Treviranus' " Biologie " appeared only in 1802, We says . . that he wrote the first volume . . , about 1796. The " Recherches," etc., in which the outlines of Lamarck's doctrines are given, was pub- lished in 1802, Huxley Science and Culture Am. ed.,1882, p, 30S. 2. In a more special sense, physiology; biophysiology ; biotics. Xnte7'7iational . Biology, «. The science of life; that branch of knowl- edge which treats of living matter as distinct from mat- ter which is not living; the study of living tissue. It has to do \\\th the origin, structure, development, func- tion, and distribution of animals and plants. a. General biolog^y. 1st. Notice that the Standard gives a fuller and clearer definition than the other Dictionaries. But no mere definition can give an adequate and satisfactory view of this new and most in- teresting science, ■ 3d. The Standard alone presents the sphere and scope of the subject. It does tliis from both its general scientific side and from its anthropological side. The development and scientific formulation here given are the latest assured results of the inves- tigations of expert scientists in this department. Tabular arrange- ment will bring out clearly these new and original features of the subject, and at the same time show how essential they are to any real understanding of that subject in its present scientific aspects. Structural Biology (treating of the structure of all living beings alike). Morphology Physiology Distribution ] g«Sfo'Sfcal7paleo„lolo<.y) Etiology 3 rnylogeny Systematic Biology (treating of the kingdoms of n.i- tiire separately). Zoology Botany Antliroj^ology (in some systems). 'Hninani Biology (as a hrancli of Somatology). Changes effected by Nutrition, tiimate, etc. Comparative Classification of Races. Comparative Physiology Comparative Pathology Comparative Nosology Criminal Anthropolog) The Standard thus pi-esents comprehensively and completely, in outUne, a most important subject, so recent in its origin and so IV. Anthropology (the Science Antliropologj', like biology, is comparatively a new science. Much of the woi'k in the scientific formulation of the subject has been done during the past ten years. Neither the General Science. Anthropo- logicsu Science. little accessible in its materials, as to be almost unknown, to any but specialists. b. Brandies of systematic biology. In their proper vocabulary places the branches of system- atic biology are defined and distributed, as follows : (a) Botany, p. 234. botany, n. The science, or the branch of biology, that treats of plants with refer- ence to their strnctin-e, functions, development, analysis, nomenclature, and classi- fication. See EiOLOGT. The principal divisions of botany are as follows: ' SiTuctural or Morphological, dealing with plant^structure. t- Physiological, with functions and vital action of organs. 5 J Descriptive (or phytography). {Phanerogamic, of flowering H I Systematic, with classification and arrange- r plants. (§ ment. \ Paleontological (or paleobotany), with fossil CryptOgamic, of flowerless [ plants. [ plants. (b) Zoology, p. 2098. zoology, n. 1 . The science, or the branch of biology, that treats of animals with reference to their structure, functions, development, analysis, nomenclature, and classification. The principal divisions are as follows: (1) Mammalogy, treating of mammals. (2) Ornitlwlogy, of birds. (3) Herpetology, of reptiles. (4) Ichthyology, of fishes and lower aquatic vertebrates. (5) Ascidiology, of the Tunicaia. (6) Echinology, of the Bchinodermata. (7j Concliology, of the MoUusca. S (8) Entomology, of the Insecta. o (9) Arachnolhgy, of the Arachnida (spiders, scorpions, etc.). ■^^ (10) Ci'ustaceology, of the Crustacea. (11) Helminthology, of the Vermes, or worms. (12) Zoophytology or ccelenterology, of the CtMentera. (1.3) Spongiology, of the Porifera, or sponges. (14) Protozoology, of the Protozoa. For classification of animal life, see animal kingdom, under animal. (c) Anthropology (treated as a special department of science proper). of Man, as a Rational Animal). I Century nor the International presents the recognized (and espe- cially the recent) distinctions and distributions. The Standard brings the whole subject up to date, presenting it from the various W. J. Rolfe, M.A., D.L of its class ever prepared." Cambridge, Mass: '"The dictionary liiill be iihquesfionably the best onc'volume book 55 The Mercury, Leeds, England: '^The excellence of the dictionary as a whole is beyond dispute. ^^ The def- initions have been prepared witli the utmost care, . . . The exterior of the volnine is worthy of its contents. points of view recognized in literature and science here, and bringing out the most recent aspects of the subject. aiitlii'opoloM-y, n. 1. The science of man in general; the sciences of man- Anthropology has long been nsed in Germany as the name for the sciences of man in genuial. See Hamilton Metaph. lect. viii, p. 95. [g. & l. '57.] It may be rei,':ndetras embracing somatology^ or the doctrine of the human body; psychology^ or^the mental sciencus, the doctrine of the human mind; and anthropology proper, or chu doctrine of man as a rational animal — as follows: j Anthropogeny, Physiology, Anthropo- i biology. J Mental science or Psychology proper, I Logic, Esthetics, Ethics, Religion. I Ethnology, Ethnography, Anthropogra- ■< phy, Glossology, Technology, Sociology, ( History. Somatology. Psychology or Mental Sciences. Anthropology proper. 'i. Nat. Sci. The science of the physical facts concerning man and his develop- ment and history, as investigated by the methods of the inductive physical sciences. It treats of the natural history of man, including especially his physical history ill relation to the lower forms of animal life. This branch is of recent origin and has been variously treated. According to Brinton, it embraces the following subdivisions: ( 1 ) Somatology, or physical and experimental anthropology. V-i) Ethnology, or historic and analytic anthropology. (S) Ethnography, or geographic and descriptive anthropology. (4) Archeology^ or prehistoric and reconstructive anthropology. I have said that Anthropology has not yet made good its title to be ranked as an In- dependent science. This is indicated by the difficulty of framing a definition at the same time comprehensive and distinctive. Prof. A. Macahster in Nature Aug. 18, '92, p. 378. 3. The science or sciences treating of man and his activities as a rational ani- mal; anthropology proper. Anthropology, as the term imports, treats of the whole man, as body and soul. Porter Human Intellect intro., p. 7. [s. 'TO-l The Stauddrd Dictionary gives the following phases: 1st. Antliropolog^y (in def. I), as embracing all the sci- ences relating to Man, a sense widely in use among the Ger- mans and emphasized by Sir William Hamilton. The Dictionaries fail to recognize this general literary sense of the word, as embracing all the sciences relating to man. 2d. Antliropology, as treating of man as a complex be- ing at once rational and animal, and of his activities as such ; the same as Anthropology proper (which see) under definition I . Tlie subdivisions of anthropology proper are defined and distributed in the Dictionary vocabulary, at ethnology, etc. 3d. Antliropology, from the natural ^science point of view. This constitutes one of the most recent as well as most fasci- nating regions of scientific investigation, the results of which are just being wrought into scientiftc system, in accordance with the presentation by the Standard Dictionary in definition !1, The departments of antliropology in this new and most interesting sense will be found presented in the vocabulary, aa follows : (a) Somatology. The branch of anthropology that treats of the physical nature of man, his anatomy, physiology, and biology, so tar as these bear on the distinction of races, peoples, and nations. , ^ , . , ^. It embraces, in Brinton's treatment, (1) internal somatology, includmg osteology, craniology (so far as they relate to racial peculiarities), myology, and splanchnology: (2) external s., or anthropometry; (3) comparative psy- ohopliysics, in its application to races; and (4) developmental and comitarative s., embracing the embi^ology and biology of man. (b) Ethnology. Specifically, the branch of anthropology proper that considers man historicaliy and analytically. It embraces (1) ethnography, the study of races and race characteristics, in- cluding ethnic psychology; (.2) socioktgy; (3) eihTioteckniijs; (4) the study of co7n- pai-ative religion; (5) lingvisiics; and iS>)folk'lore. See the italicized words. Ethnology . . . contemplates man as a social cnature. It is more concerned with the mental, the psychical part of man, than with his physical nature, and seeks to trace the Intellectual development of communities by studying the growth of government, laws, arts, languages, religions, and society. D. tr. Brinton Anthropology p. 6. [pub. by author '92.] (cj Archeoloi^y. The science of antiquities; in its widest sense, tlie branch of anthropology, embracing archeography, concerned with the systematic investigation of the relics of man and of his industries, and the classification and treatment of ancient remains and records of any or every kind, whether historic or prehistoric, of ancient places, customs, arts, etc. Archseology comes in to supply the material which neither history nor present observation can furnish. D. G. Brinton Anthropology as a Science p. 7. L'92.] In popular signification archeology refers mainly to the collection or investiga- tion of the materials from which li knowledge of the particular country under investigation may be obtained, which materials may be divided into wi'itten, monumental, and traditional: Scient^ific archeology is (1) general, ir\c\Qd.me (a) the geology of the epoch of man and (6) the prehistoric ages (see age); and (2) special, including the study of separate nations and areas. The Standard is the only Dictionary in which this subject has ever heen presented, the material having been drawn directly from the works of the distinguislied scien- tific expert in this department. V. Theological Science, or Theology (the Science of God and Divine Things). tlieolog);^, n. 1 . The branch of theological science that treats of God, including (,1) the being of God, (2) the attributes of God, (3) the doctrine of the Trinity, and (4) creation and providence, theology proper^:. 2. In the widest sense, theological science. See theological. Systems of theology have been named: (1) from their fii-st systematic ex- pounders; as, Arniiniaii tlieology, Aiigustiniau t., Calvinf^tie t., liUtlicraii t. (see the adjectives); (2) from the places of their origin or largest reception; as, Oallicaii t., Genevan t., Mercersburg t. (a system, arising in the Mercersburg (Pennsylvania) seminary of the German Reformed Cliurch about 1855 under Drs. Nevin and Schatf, that laid initial stress on tcs in- carnation, strengthened the significance of the sacraments, taught the development of dogma through the growth of Christian consciousness, and sought enrichment of worship), New England t. (see phrase), Oxford t. (see ritualism; tbactarianism); (3) from their sources; as, natural t., revealed t., Catholic t.« evangelical t.\ (4) from their contents; as, Biblical t. (see phrase), riindaniental t. (comprising the grounds of belief in God and revelation, and thus adding apologetics to the analogy of natural and revealed religion to the consititution and course of nature), federal t. (see federal), historical t. (the philosophy of the history of dogma), homiletical (. (the art and method of presenting theology in public teaching), moral t, (ethics rounded on revelation or a system of tlieology, especially when in mandatory form), mystical t. (see mysticism, 2), pastoral t. (treating of the duties and relations of a pastor to his congregation), i>ractical t. (embracing liomiletics, moral theology, and pastoral theology); (5) from their methods^ as, dogmali<- t. (systematic theology, especially in an authoritative or confessional form), e.\o- getlcal t. (a harmonious treatment of the results of grammaticophistorical exegesis; see exegesis), new t. (in which results of historical criticism are ajipTiedto a restatement of exegetical theology), polemic t. (the art and method of presenting dogma for confutation of acfversaries or skeptics), rational t. (derived by a purely deductive method), ra-tlonalistic t. (see rationalism, 2), systematic t. (see phrase).— Biblical t., the method of theological sci- ~ence that aims to investigate doctrines in their historical environment and develop- ment, in connection with the various books of the Bible. The accented movement of Biblical Theology Is historical, for it traces the unfold- ing of revelation and experience In successive ages. The stress Is on the chronological setting and the process In time. C. D. Harteanft in Hartford Sem. Eeconl June-August, '94, p. 286. — New Cngland Theology, the phases of Puritan theology developed in the orthodox Congregational churches of New England, specifically those de- veloped through reaction from the teachings of Jonathan Edwards, and having their chief centers at Andover and New Ilaven. It includes Hopkinsianisni, Emmonsisni, Taylorism, Andoverism, etc.- systematic t. 1 . The method of theological science that aims to construct the materials furnished by Biblical the- ology, exegetical theology, etc., into coherent scientific system, « ith due regard lo philosophical method and the analogy ofJ'aUh (which see). Sj/xtemalic theology may be defined, as the substance of the Christian faith In a scieiillflc form. H. B. Smith Faith and Philosophy essay i, p. ,(;, [s. '77.| — iitcological science, the branch of science that treats of God and the relations of Goa and man. it -includes (1) bibliology, (3) theology firoper, (3) anthropology, (4) Ch?nstology, (5) soieriok>gy, (6) eschatology, and (7) eci-lcs^iology. See these words. Sue also angelology, demonology. systematic lliieologyt. 1st. These branches of theological science wiD be found systematically unfolded in the Standard, but not in the other Dictionaries under consideration. The unfolding in the Standard, according to the distribution just given, is as follows : (1) Bibliology. That branch of theological science that treats of the Bible, its inspiration, authenticity, credibility, and canonicity; Biblical literature. See theological science, under theological. (2) Theolog-y proper. The branch of theological science that treats of God, in- cluding (1) the being of God, [2) the attributes of God, (3) the doctrine of the Trinity, and (4) creation and providence. (3) Anthropology. That branch of theological science which treats of man, boih in his original and in his fallen condition. It embraces the consideration of man's creation, primitive condition, probation and apostasy, original sin, and actual transgressions. See theological science. Anthropology . . . treats of man in his original, and in his fallen condition. . . . Hence, anthropology discusses sin principally. SuEDD Dogmatic T/ieoL vol. 1, ch. 2, p. 9. [s. 'S9.] (4) Clirlstology. The branch of soteriology that treats of the person and attri- butes of Christ; less correctly, any theory or doctrine concernnig Christ. See THEOLOGY'. (5) Soteriolog-y The branch of theological science that treats of the work of the Redeemer, or of the divine agency in the salvation of the soul. See theological SCIENCE, under theological. See redemption; atonement. The Reformers, from various causes, were so occupied with what Is now called Soteriology, or the scheme of salvation, that they paid but scant attention to the other aspects of the Gospel. LiLLiNGwoRTH In Cliarles Gore's Ltix Mundi essay v, p. 183. [j. m. '90.1 (fi) Eschatology. The branch that treats of the final issue and result of redemp- tion in ending human history, including death, resurrection, immortality, the end of the world, final judgment, and the future state; the doctrine of ^' last things." See THEOLOGICAL SCIENCE, uudcr theological. Christ's second coming f onns the real centre of the entire Christian eschatoloav DoRNKit Future Stale tr. by Newman Smyth, § 152, p. 65, Ls- '83-1 (7) Elcclesiplog-y. The department of religious science that treats of the ort^ani- zation and development of the church; the science of organic Christianity. "^ 2d. Besides giving a scientific distribution of tlieologfioal seicuec, the Standard affords, under the main definition of theology, a comprehensive view of the various phases of theol- ogy as classified by principles indicated by the names they beai*. 3d. Special attention is called to the definition of the new department of biblical llieolo;;y. In tlieologry the summit of the ««cieiice!i is reached and the sclieiiie of ecienec proper completed. University of Sidney, Australia: Prof. Emil J. co7tcisc, a distinct advance in lexicography,'' Trechmann, M.A., Ph.D.: ''Wonderfully complete and 5fi The School Journal, vcnience of arrangement, . New York: " The Standard Dictionary is noted for its thorovghtess, accuracy, and con- . . In scholarship it is fully up to the tiniest il.-THE STANDARD'S SCHEME OF PHILOSOPHY. The sclieme of philosophy is needed, as complementary t» the scheme of science proper, to complete the scheme of science in the widest sense. It will be found distinctively defined and completely distributed in the Standard alone among the Dictionai-ies, and by following out the references in the vocabulary a complete view may be gained of this most im- portant branch. Such definition and distribution are especially important in this day of the clearing up of a subject so vital and so long in- volved in obscurity. standard. pliilosopliy, n, 1. Etymologically, thelove of wis- dom as leading to the search for it; heace, the resulting knowledge of general principles ~ elements, powers or causes and laws ^ as explaining facts and existences. 2. Specifically, in popular usage : (1) The general prin- ciples, laws, or causes that furnish the rational explana- tion of anything; the rationale by which the facts of any region of knowledge are explained; as, the ^fiUoso- phij ot the 8team=engine ; the philosophy of banking. To traxie the causes, whether for good or ill, that have made na- tioDs what they are is the true philosophy of history. Lecky Eng. in Eighteenth Cent. vol. ii, ch. 5, p. 79. [a, '78,] (2) The equable temper that results from the stndy and understanding of the principles that govern things; prac- tical wisdom; fortitude, as in enduring sufEerings. My own infirmities, the account of the return of yours, and the public news coming all together have put vay utmost philosophy to the trial. John Adams in Famil. Let., May i2, m& p, 1. [h. & H. '76,] Philosophy has become another name for mental quietude. Bulwer=-Lytton Eugene Aram bk. i, ch. 5, p. 64. [l. '84.] (3) The scientific system embracing the general prin- ciples or laws under which ail the subordinate facts or pheno.nena relating to some subject are explained; rea- soned science; as (in former usage), mental philosophy, moral phUosophy, natural philosophy, now usually called mental, moral, and natural science. See science. 3. Philos. The science of rational principles; the knowl- edge, in a scientific system, of the ultimate principles — elements, causes, and laws — that underlie and explain all knowledge and existences, and their application in the explanation of these; metaphysics, embracing meta- physic. Called also^n.af philosophy. Compare science. Philosophy is the science of principles, Ueberweg Hist. Philos. tr. by Morris, vol. i, § 1, p. 1. [S. '72.] Philosophy ... is the product of human thought, acting upon the data given by the world without or the world within, and elicit- ing from these data principles, laws, and system. H. B. Smith Faith and Philosophy essay i, p. 5. [s, '77.] Philosophy — we define to be — the progressive rational system of the principles presupposed and ascertained by the particular sci- ences, in their retation to ultimate Reality. G. T. I^ADD Intro, to Philosophy ch. 1, p. 27, [s. '90.] Specifically: (1) This science applied to some special sphere or' subject; as, the philosophy of esthetics', cos- mological philosophy. (3) The all=eui bracing system that furnishes the ultimate rational explanation of all things; as, the sciences find their only complete explanation in philosophy. See metaphysic, metaphysics, and the following scheme of divisions of philosophy: ^ I ^ieW*'*^^^' '° ^^^"'' \ Metaphysic or Ontology 1 ^ knowledg? ^ ' P ' ^ "" * f Epistemology or Gnosiology 2 I t Anthropological Philosophy 3 First principles of being '. Cosmological Philosophy Ph [ t Ultimate Philosophy The object=matter of philosophy may be distinguished as God, or nature, or man. But, underlying all our inquiries into any oi these departments, there is a first philosophy, which seeks to as- certain the grounds or principles of knowledge, and the causes of all things. Hence philosophy has been defined to be the science of causes and principles. It is the investigation of those principles on which all knowledge and all being ultimately rest. K.sF. Vocab. Philos. p. 383. [sh. & Co.] It is true, that a little philosophy inclineth man's mind to athe- ism, but depth in philosophy bringeth men's minds about to re- ligion. Bacon Works, Essays in vol. i, p, 273. [H. G. B. 71.] (3) In positivism, the widest generalization of science, taking in all material things; perfectly unified knowl- edge (Spenceb); the generalities of generalities (Lewes). 4. A philosophical system, or a treatise on philosophy; as, he is reading the philosophy of Comte. Schools of philosophy take their names (1) from some master; as, the Platonic, Cartesian, or Kantian school; (2^ from some place or age by which they were influenced; as, the Eleatic or the Cambridge school; (3) from their dis- tinctive method; as, the inductive, deductive, or transceii- dental school; (4) from the standpoint from which the uni- verse la viewed; as, the unpsycliological schools (embracing the cosmological, anthropological, and ontological schools) Qxidi the psychological scnooV, (5) from the contents of the system; as, the materialistic, hedonistic, intuitio7ial, em pirical, and positivist schools. See these words. 5. The sciences as fonnerly studied in the universities; the course of studies prescribed for the degree of doctor of philosophy or master of arts: now chiefly in special use; as, the department of phil08op?iy in a college or a university. 6+. Any argumentation or reasoning. Bacouinn, experimental, or inductive phi- losopliy (properly science), the philosophy that, rejecting hypothetical assumptlona, claims to rest wholly on the facts of observation or consciousness: opposed to iloginatic* deductive, or speculative p., which (misapplied In the realm of physical facts, as often happens) makes certain assumptions at the outset and deduces Its conclusions from these, as the old astronomy, which, assuming that God must make the planets move in perfect figures and that the circle fs the perfect figure, was developed from these as- sumptions.— metaphysical p., philosophy In the strict sense, as distinguished from science.— p, ot tlie Acad- emy, or intuitional p., Flatonism: so called because Plato taught In the Academy, a grove near Athens.— », of tii^ garden, Epicureanism: so called because Epicurus taught in a garden at Athens.— p. of the Ijyeeum, or empirical p., Aristotellanism: so called because Aris- totle taught It In the Lyceum at Athens.- p. of the porch, Stoicism: so called because Zeno taught It In the porch of the Polcile in Athens.— transcendental p., the philosophy that treats of transcendental truths, or In- tuitive trutns: In this sense opposed to empirical p., that deals with the contmgent or adventitious knowledge acquired by experience. Cen.tui'y. pliilosopliy, «. 1. The body of highest truth; the organized sum of science; the science of which all others are branches; the science of the most fundamental mat- ters. This is identified by different schools — (a) with the account of the elementary factors operative in the uni- vei'se; the science of principles, or the matter, form, causes, and ends of things in general; (6) with the science of the absolute; metaphysics; (c) with the science of science; the theory of cognition; logic. In Greek, philosophy originally signified culture; but from Aristotle down it had two meanings- (a) speculative knowledge, and (6) the study of the highest things, metaphysics. Chryslppus defined ft as the science of things divme and human. In the middle ages pbllosophy was understood to embrace all the specula- tive sciences: hence the faculty and degree of arts in Ger- man- universities are called the faculty and degree in philos- ophy. . Philosophy h2uS been defined: — The science of things di- vine and hmhan, and the causes In which they are contained; —The science of effects by their causes; — The science of suftlclent reasons; — The science of things possible, inas- much as they are possible; — The science of things, evidently deduced from first principles; — The science of truths, sen- sible and abstract;- The application of reason to its legit- imate obiects ;— The science of the relations of all knowl- edge to the necessary ends of humanreason; — The science of the original form of the ego or mental self; — The science of science;— The science of the ab8olute;~The science of the absolute indifference of the Ideal and real. SiE W. Hamilton Metaphysics Hi. 2. A special branch of knowledge of high speculative interest, (a) Any such science, as alchemy (in Chancer). (&t) Theology: this use of the word was common in the middle ages, (c) Psychology and ethics; moral philosophy. Ul) Physics; natural philosophy. 3. The fundamental part of any science; propaedeutic considerations upon which a special science is founded; general principles connected with a science, but not forming part of it; a theory connected with any branch of human activity; as, Jhe philosophy of science; the philosophy of history; the philosophy of government. 4. A doctrine which aims to be philosophy in any of the above senses. We shall in vain interpret their words by the notions of our phi- losophy and the doctrines in our fichools. LOCEE. 5. A calm temper which is unruifled by small annoy- ances; a stoical impassiveness under adversity. — Association i>hilosophy. See association.- atomic or atomistic p. See atomic— Christian p., the philosophy of St. iVu&usWne and other fathers of the church.— constructive p., the philosophy of Schelling and others, as opposed to the merely destructive philos- ophy of Kant.— corpuscular p., the doctrine of atoms considered as a philosophy or general explanation of the phenomena of the world, particularly that form of the doc- trine advocated by Robert Boyle.— critical p. See crit- ical. —doctor of p. See DOCTOR.— experimental p. See EXPERIMENTAL.— first p.j the science of the principles of being; ontology; metaphysics.— inductive. mechanical, moral, natural, ne^vtonian, etc., p. See the adjectives,- italic school of p. Same as PYTHAGOREAN SCHOOL OP PHILOSOPHY.— objective Pl Same as transcendental philosophy.— phllosopliies of til e absolute. See absolute.— p, of identit. . the philosophy of Schelling and Hegel, as maintaining the ■absolute identity of Identity and non-identity.- pneu- matict* positive, symbolical, etc., p. See the adjec- tives.- practical p., philosophy having action as Its ultimate end; the laws of the faculties connected with de- sire and volition.— pytliagorenn school of p. See PYTHAGOREAN.— theorerical, speculative, or con remplative p., that philosophy which has no other aim than knowledge.— transcendental p. (a) The critical philosophy of Kant. (6) The philosophy of Hegel. Also called objective vhilosophy. Tnternational. pliilosopliy, n. 1. Literally, the ^ove of, inducing the search after, wisdom; in actual usage, the knowledge of phenomena as explained by, and resolved into, causes and reasons, powers and laws. When applied to any particular department of knowl- edge, »ftz/o.so??A2/ denotes the general laws or principles un- der which all the subordinate phenoihena or facts relating to that subject are comprehended. Thus philosophy, when applied to God and the divine government, Is called theol- ogy; when applied to material objects. It Is caWeA physics; when It treats of man, it is called anthropology ana psy- chology, with which are connected logic and ethics; when It treats of the necessary conceptions and relations by which philosophy is possible. It is called m.etaphysics. " Philosophy has been defined: — the science of things di- vine and human, and the causes in which they are con- tained; — the science of effects by their causes; — the science of sufficient reasons;- the science of things possible, inas- much as they are possible; —the science of things evidently deduced from first principles; — the science of truths sen- sible and abstract;— the application of reason to its legiti- mate objects;— the science of the relations of all knowl- edge to the necessary ends of human reason; —the science of the original form of the ego, or mental self; — the science of science;— the science of the absolute; — the science of the absolute indifference of the Ideal and real." Sir W. Hamilton. 2. A ]3articular philosophical system or theory; the hy- pothesis by which particular phenomena are explained; [Books] of Aristotle and "his philosaphie. Chaucer. We shall in vain interpret their words by the notions of our philosphy and the doctrines in our schools. Locke. 3. Practical wisdom; calmness of temper and judg- ment; equanimity; fortitude; stoicism; as, to meet mis- fortune with 2}Mlosophy. Then had he spent all his philosophy. Chaucer. 4. Reasoning; argumentation. Of good and evil much they argued then, . . . Vain wisdom all, and false philosophy. MiLTON. 5. The course of sciences read in the schools. Johnson. 6. A treatise on philosophy. — Philosophy of the Aeademy, that of Plato, who taught his distiples In a grove in Athens called the Acad- emy. —Philosophy of the Garden, that of Epicu- rus, who taught in a garden in Athens.— Philosopliy of the JLyceuin, that of Aristotle the founder of the Peri- patetic school, who delivered his lectures In the Lyceum at Athens.— Philosophy of the Porch, that of Zeno and the Stoics; — so called because Zeno of CItlum'andhis successors taught In the porch of the Polclle, a great hall in Athens. Johns Hopkins University; Prof. Geo. H. Williams, Ph.D.: ''/feel sure that it will find a wide field pr usefulness,'^ 57 The Sacred Heart Review [Catholic], Boston, Mass.: " f f> do not see how a dicttottary could be better tlicn this.' The definition of philosophy, marked " 3, [P/iiZos.] ", clearly marks off the sphere of philosophy, in the strict sense of the term, from science proper, and at the same time makes it a species vmder the wider genus of science. 1st. The Standard's definition "3" alone brings out the exact nature of philosophy: (1) It is the science of rational principles, or the knowledge in scientific system of the ultimate principles that underlie and explain all knowledge and existences; that is, it takes in iiietapliysic. (2) It embraces the application of these principles to the explanation of knowl- edge^ and of existences including man, tlje cosmos, and the First Cause or Absolute; that is, it takes in what is often called metapliysics. (3) It alone represents these principles as embracing: (a) the ultimate elements that constitute all things; (&) the ultimate causes, or forces, whereby all existences manifest themselves; and (c) the ultimate la"\vs governing the operation of the ultimate causes. All the questions raised by the philos- ophies of the ages have centered in principles in some one or more of these senses. 2liilosopllJ' in the philosophical sense. 4th. The Standard alone gives, in connection with definition 3, (2), an outline scheme of philosophy, in accordance with the latest philosophic work and drift. It thus gives a clear and succinct view of what is embraced in pliiiosophj- proper, and prepares for its more complete distribution In the vocabulary. The Standard's Divisions. First principles in themselves - Metaphysic or Ontology First principles of knowledge '- Epistemology or Gnoseology First principles of being 1 Anthropological Philosophy i Cosmological Philosophy j tntimate Philosophy The philosophical definitions of philosophy can only be understood by grasping the exact philosophical and metaphys- ical definitions of principle, as follows : principle, h. 6. Philos. (1) Cause in the widest sense, as embracing the Ai-is- totelian causes; one of the ultimate elements, powers, laws, or ideas that furnish the final explanation of beings and phenomena. , In philosophy the word has been used to mean (a) one of the ultimate essential elements that enter into the composi- tion of all being; (6) a moving cause, force, or power by which being manifesto itself; (c) a universal truth expressing the law of this manifestation; (rf) final cause as explaining the purposive phenomena in this manifestation. Called also ultimate principle. (2) Same as first principle. Philosophy is the science of principles, in all these senses. Compare philosophy, 3. The branches of philosophy are further unfolded in the vocabulary of the Dictionary, in part, as follows : (I) Metaphysic (the Branch of Philosophy that Deals with Principles in Themselves, or in the Abstract). metapliysic. 1. The branch of philosophy that deals with the concep- tions'or 'principles at the basis of all phenomena, including being,_reality, sub- stance, time, space, motion, becoming, change, identity, difference, cause, etc.; metaphysical philosophy; the science of real as distinguislied from phenomenal being; the philosophy of the ultimate nature, causes, or reasons of things; on- tology; as, Lotze's "jlf«oluntary faculty, or the will, we mean simply the capacity of the mind to perform acts of voli- tion. Alden Elements Intell. Philos. ch. 26, p. 261. [a. '73.] 4. Physiol. Of, pertaining to, or directed or controlled by the will; subject to will: distinguished from auto- matic and sensori'-motor; as, a voluntary movement of the muscles. 5. Ecd. Of or relating to voluntaryism; pertaining to the doctrine of the voluntaryiets; as, a ra/- "ftia7*y church, in distinction from an established church. 6. Law. Specifically: (1) Unconstrained of will; without cumpulalon; done with one's consent; as, a voluntary as- signment. (2) Without valuable consideration; gratuitous: aH,a.volimtary gift or grant; a volu7ilarycoaveya.n<:Q of land. Centurf/. voluntary, a. 1. Proceeding from the will; done cf or due to one's own accord or free choice; imconetrained by external interference, force, or influence; not com- pelled, prompted, or suggested hy another; spontane- ous; of one's or its own accord; free. The third sort of i^^norance is the worst; it ib that which is vin- cible and vohiniary. Jer. Taylor iJuZe of Conscience iv, i. 6. 2. Subject to or controlled by the will; regulated by the will; as, the movement of a limh is voluntary, the action of the heart involuntary. We always explain the voluntary action of all men except our- selves on the principle of causation by character and circum stances. H. SmowicK Methods of Ethics p 48. 3. Done by design or intention; intentional; purposed: not acccidental. Giving myself a voluntary wound. Shak. J. C. li, 1. 300. 4. Endowed with the power of willing, or acting of one's own free will or choice, or according to one's judgment. God did not work as a necessary^ but a voluntary agent, intend- ing beforehand, and decreeing with himself, that which did out- wardly proceed from him. HooKER Eccles. Polity I, lii, i. 5. Of, pertaining, or relating to voluntaryism, or the doctrines of the voluntaries: as, the roti/ntan/ theory or controversy. 6. Law. (o) Proceeding from the free and unconstrained will of the person; as, a roh/ntari/ confes- sion. (&> Not supported by a substantial pccunijirv or valuable consideration. In temationeU, voluntary, a. 1. Proceeding from the will ; produced in or by an act of choice. That sin or guilt pertains exclodvely to voluntary action is the true principle of orthodoxy. N. W. Tayi,OR. 2. Unconstrained by the interference of another; nnim- pelled by the influence of another; not prompted or per- suaded by another; done of his or its own accord; spon- taneous; acting of one's self, or of itself; free. Our volxintary service he requires. MlLTOX. She fell to lust a voluntary prey. PoPE, 3. Done hy design or intention; intentional; purposed; intended; not accidental; as, if a man kills another by lopping a tree, it is not voluntary manslaughter. 4'. Physiol. Of or pertaining to the will; subject to, or regulated by, the will; as, the voluntary motions of an animal, such as the movements of the Jee or arm (in dis- tinction from iiivolitntary motions, sucTi as the move- ments of the heart); the voluntary muscle fibers, which are the agents in voluntary motion. 5. Endowed uith the power of willing; as, man is a voluntary agent. God did not work as a necessary, but a voluntary, agent, tnteod- ing beforehand, and decreeing with himself, that which did out- wardly proceed from him. HookeR- 6. Laio. Free; without compulsion; according to the will, consent, or agreement, or a partv; without consid- eration; gratuitous; without valuable consideration. 7. Ecd. Of or pertaining to voluntaryism; as, a voluntary church, in distinction from an established or state church. 1st. Comparing the definition of the Standard with those of the other Dictionaries, it will be seen that its definition is much more eoniprelicnsive than theirs. (I) Both the Cenf///'?/ and the International omit definition 1, (3) of i\\Q Standard : "proceeding from the will" in the wide sense, as including the feelings; although mtich of the ethical controversy of the present century has turned upon this use, and much of the moral muddle of the age has resulted from failure to recognize this meaning. (3} Both the Century and the International omit definition 1, (4), although the lecent discussions of freedom and auiouia- tisvi by Tyndall. Huxley, and others have turned upon this sense of the word. *2cl. The Standard's comprehensive and discriminating treat- ment takes in all these, and presents the elements by means of careful distinctions and clear definitive st;\toments. The New York Independent: ''Collaboration has ments a great amount of good work of high utility and an been carried to the utmost limits. It contains in all depart immense amount of condensed encyclopedia,'* 64 Vassar College: Prof. W. B. Dwight, M.A., Poughkeepsie, New York: "There can he no hesitation in saying that it is the most complete, scholarly, advanc ed, and remarkable book of its kind ever issued." II. Beauty, as Illustrating Comprehensive Treatment, according to the Method of the Standard. Standard. beauty, n/ 1 . That quality of objects, as in nature, art, or mind, that appeals to and gratifies the esthetic nature or faculty: the perfection of form or shaping, physical or spiritual, resulting from the harmonious combination of diverse elements m unity. See esthetic. Compare SUBLIMITY. The conditions or elements of beauty may be considered as embracing (1) tbe imaginative or sensuous expression of unity iu variety (the principle recognized by tne ancient Greeks), (2) tbe presence and activity of rational or spiritual personality (tbe principle of tbe moderns), and (3) perfec- tion of (esthetic or artistic) form. The act of apprehend- ing and appreciating beauty awafeens tbe emotion of the beautiful, which is accompanied by a pleasurable feeling often mistaken for It. Beauty iu its widest sense includes beaut]/ proper, in which tbe esthetic faculty with due ex- ertion apprehends and grasps the unity and perfection of form; prettiness, in which the prettiness ofr tbe beauty falls to satisfy fully tbe taste; and sublimity, in which the unity and perfection of form are partially apprehend,e(i but are on too grand a scale to be grasped completely. Bat if fieaittw consists ... in form as a revelation of some mode or act of mind through some medium, then -it must be alike for every mind that can receive such revelation through such a me- dium. DAY Science of jEsthetics bk. i, ch. 4, p. S. [c. c. c. '72. J The domain of beauty is more extensive than the domain of the physical world exposed to our view; it has no bonds but those of entire nature, and of the soul and genius of man. CousiN True, Beautiful, and Good tr. by Wight, lect. vi, p. 126. [a. '55.] 2. The sense of the beautiful, or the power in man of perceiving and appreciating the beautiful; the esthetic faculty, including taste and constructive imagination See construction; taste. Beauty stands to sesthetics in the same relation as the notion of ripfht to ethics; it constitutes the department. Bascom ^Esffteiics lect. i, p. 8. [w. a. & CO. '72.1 3 . A feature or element in any object that helps to make it beautiful; a person or thing that is beautiful, especiaT- ]y by way of contrast; said of a very attracti\'e woman, or of a fine specimen of its kind, as a horse, dog, etc. Your Excellency doubtless remembers a little provincial beauty and a famous toast of the country side — the Cressida of our Morris- town epic. Bret Harte Thankful Blossom ■p.'ib. [H.Tii.i co.'83.] 4. In mysticism, the perfection of the Supreme Beuig. 5t. The ruling style; fr.shion. Century. beauty, n. 1. That quality of an object by virtue of which the contemplation of it directly excites pleasurable emotions. The word denotes primarily tnat which pleases the eye or ear, but It Is applied also to that quality in any object of thought which awakens admiration or ap- proval; as, intellectual beauty, moral beauty, the beauty of holiness, the beauty of utility, and so on. He hath a daily beauty in his life That makes me ugly. Shak. Othello v. 1. A thing of beauty is a joy for ever. KEATS Endymion 1. 1. The homely beauty of the good old cause is gone. Wordsworth National'Indes>cndence i. If eyes were made for seeing, Then beauty is its own excuse for being. Embrsom To tJie Rhodora_ Beauty results from adaptation to our faculties, and a perfect state of health, physical, moral, and intellectual. C. E. NORTON. The sense of beauty and the affection that follows it attach themselves rather to modes of enthusiasm and feeling than to the course, of simple duty which constitutes a merely truthful and up- right man. Lecky Europ. Morals 1, 84 2. A particular grace or charm; an embellishment or ornament. 3. Any particular thing which is beautiful and pleasing; a j)art which surpasses in pleasing quali- ties tnat with which it is united: generally in the plural; as, the beauties of an author; the beauties of nature. Look in thy soul, and thou shall beauties find, Likfe those which drowu'd Narcissus in the flood. Sir J. Davies Immortal, of Soul xxxiv. 4. A beautiful person ; specifically, a beautiful woman; collectively, beautiful women; as, all the beauty of the place was present. 5t. Prevailing style or taste; rage- rashion. International, beauty, n. 1. An assemblage of graces or properties pleasing to the eye, the ear, the intellect, the esthetic faculty, or the moral sense. Beauty consists of a certain composition of color and figure, causmg delight in the beholder. LocKE. The production of beauty by a multiplicity of symmetrical parts uniting in a consistent whole. WOBSSWORTH. The old definition of beauty, in the Roman .school, was, " mul- titude in unity "; and there is no doubt that such is the principle of beauty. Coleridge. 2. A particular grace, feature, ornament, or excellence; anything beautiful; as, the beauties of nature. 3. A beautifiil person, esp. a beautiful woman. 4. [Obs.] Prevailing style or taste; rage; fashion. 1 St. Both the Century and the Irtternational fail in compre- hensiveness : (1) By omitting the very common subjective sense given by the Standard, in definition 2. (2) By confounding the emotion of beauty with that of simple pleasure, and by eonfouiidingr l>eauty with pleas- iirableness, — thereby going over to the philosophy of sensa- tionahsm. (3) By failing to recognize and present the essential prin- ciples of beauty as evolved and formulated by the com- bined and continuous thought of the ancient and modern world. (4) By not furnishing in their definitions any rational basis for distinguishing the various forms of beauty proper, sublimity, and prettiness. 2d. The Standard supplies tliese omissions, philo- sophical, esthetic, and literary, of the other Dictionaries. In particular, it brings out clearly the essential elements of beauty, as brought to light by such historico=critical works as Bosanquet's Esthetic, and with equal distinctness sets apart the fundamental forms of beauty. 3d. The Standard's treatment is, therefore, the only treatment that can be of any definite service in the study of esthetics or of the literature of beauty. III. Atonement, as Illustrating Comprehensive Treatment, according to the Method of the Standard. atonement, n. 1. Tbe act of atoning, or its results. 2. That which atones; any satisfaction, amends, reparation, or expiation made for wrong or injury; some- thing suifered, done, or given by way of propitiation or equivalent. Tbe least atonement I can make Is to become no longer free. Byeon Lines to a Young Lady st. 7. "When a man has been guilty of any vice or folly, I tbink the best atonement he can make for It, Is to warn others not to fall into the like. Addison Spectator Mar. 9, 1710. 3. TJieol. (1) The expiation of sin and propitiation of God by the incarnation, life, sufEerings, and death of the Lord Jesus Christ; the obedience and death of Christ in behalf of sinners as the ground of redemption; in the narrow sense, the sacrifi- cial work of Christ for sinners. In the theology of many, including nearly all Universalists and Unitarians, cUonement signifies the act of bringing men to God, in contradistinction to the idea of reconciling God to men. Redemption implies tbe complete deliverance from the penalty power, and all the consequences, of sin: atonement Is used in the sense of the sacriticial work, whereby tbe redemption from tbe condemning power of the law was insured. H. B. Smith Christian Theology pt. iil, cb. 2, p. 437. [a. > s. '84.] (2) The work of Christ in the reconcilation of God and man, considered as media^ torial rather than sacrificial, or as an uplifting moral power upon the minds of men. Th' answer, but dreamed of before, to creation's enisms.,— Atonement ! Longfellow Children of the Lord's Supper st. 6. The theories by which theologians attempt to explain the facts of the atone- ment are mainly three: (1) the sacrificial, that the atonement consists fundamen- tally in Christ's sacrifice for man's sins; (2) the remedial, that God through the incarnation, entered into humanity so as to eliminate sin by tbe ethical process of Christ's life and death, and make the human race at one with himself; (3) tbe Socinian or moral influence, that Chrisfs work consists in influencing men to lead better lives. The sacrificial theory takes two general forms: {a) the governmental, that Christ's work was intended to meet tbe demands of the law of God and make such a moral impression upon men in favor of the divine government as to render the forgiveness of man safe; (6) the satisfaction, that it was intended to satisfy divine justice and make the forgiveness of man possible and right. Manifold shades of opinion are embraced under these various theories. 4. [Archaic] Kecouciliation; agreement. 1st. The Standard asks special attention to its tlieolog'ical and philosophical definitions, and invites comparison with the other Dictionaries In these special departments. 2d. It alms to present the entire range of theories on the subject of the atonement, so far as they have been defi- nitely formulated. IV. Cosmology, as Illustrating Comprehensive Treatment, according to the Method of the Standard, proper, etc., and its sphere thus definitely marked off. The departments of cosmology, in the wide sense, are still further explained at cosmogony, etc. 3d. The special department of cosmology proper is here distributed, on the basis of the apparent make=up of the cosmos as embracing "matter and its phenomena, and minds and their phenomena." The method of distribution is so simple that any one can gain from it a clear and practically complete view of what is usually considered the unintelligible subject of cosmologlcal theories, with the distinctive features of the various theories whose names have found their way into literature. ]¥o such treatment is to be found elsewhere. 2. PMlos. The philosophical theory, or philosophy, of the cosmos. Called also rational cosmology. See philosophy. Cosmology, in this sense, embraces the theories of cosmogony, of cosmology proper, of the systems of nature and the supernatural, and of teleology. Comrwlogy proper, in philosophy, bases its theories on the fact that the cosmos is apparently made up of matter and its phenomena and minds and their phe- nomena. The philosopher may accept (1) both facts entire (realism, dualism); (2) the distinct existence of matter alone (materialism); (3) that of mind alone (idealism); (4) the non-existence of both as substances (phenomenalism); (5) the imknowableness of both (agnosticism); (6) tbe practical n on "existence of both, with reference of their phenomena to sensation (ideu^istic phenmnenalism); (7) the identification of the two (monism, pantheism, etc.); v8) the absolute non-existence of both (nihilism); (9) the identification of pure being, as idea, with non-existence 1st. Cosmology is presented in its relation to philosophy, to which reference is made. 2d, It is shown to embrace cosmogony, cosmology Benjamin G. Smith, Treasurer of the American Pomological Society: '' The Standard must be very dear to all lovers of agricultural^ horticultural^ and botanical pursuits. In this department it is a ' university * of itself T 65 The Outlook, N. Y.: "A comparison of the Standard's definitions with those of its principal predecessors shows an improvement in very many cases, either in the direction of greater clearness or of sharp distinctions. V. Calendar, as Illustrating Comprehensive Treatment, according to the Method of the Standard. The word oaleiiclar illustrates the completeness and com- prehensiveness of the Standard's treatment of an important word. The material here gathered and systematized by long and careful research, although essential to the intelligent reading of both historical and cmrent literature, can be obtained elsewhere only with the aid of many encycloisedias, and even then not in shape for convenient use. It wiU be seen, by comparing the Standard's treatment with that of the Century and International, that the iiioiiit important features do not appear in those Dictionaries either under calendar or elsewhere: standard. calendar, n. 1. A system of fixing the order, lengtli, and sub- divisions of years and months so as to define the dates of events ; as, the Gregoriau calendar. Compare bissextile ; leap»y]£ab. The period of seven days . . . was used by tlie Brahmins in India with the same denominations employed by us, and was alike found in the calendars of the Jews, Egyptians, Arabs, and Assyrians. Maby Someeville Connectvm of Phys. Sciences % 18, p. 80. [n. '53.] S. A table or series of tables giving the time of sunrise and sunset, and of other astronomical phenomena, for each day of the year ; an almanac. 3. A table showing the days or dates of the months, num- bered in their order, and the dates of exercises or observances for the year; as, a church or university calendar. 4. A schedule or list of things or events classified or chronologically or numerically arranged with details of information; as, a racing>ca!endar; a calendar of causes for trial in court (in this use limited in England to criminal cases). 5. A sculptured or painted emblematic series of the months. Of. A guide for conduct. V\, A record. Phrases: — Calentlai' Amendmeiit Act, an English stat- ute providing for the adoption of the Gregorian amendment of the Julian calendar, passed in 17.51, and going into eflTect Sept. 3, 17.52, which day was by its provisions reckoned as the 14th, to cancel the 11 days diileretice between the old and new styles. It further trans- ferred the beginri ing of the new year from March 25 to Jan. 1, begin- ing in 17.53. Called also Lord Chester field's Act. — c. clock, a clock which, in addition to the ordinary time=recording functions, notes the days of the week, month, or year, the movements of the heavenly bodies, etc. — c. iiioiitli or year, a month or year as defined in a calendar, especially the Gregorian calendar : distinguished from a lunar month ; also, a period equivalent to a month, as from Jan. 15 to Feb. 15.— Oreek c, any one of the calendars used by the Greeks. In ancient times these varied in the different states, as to length, names, and positions in the year, of the several months ; and there is much uncertainty about some of the systems followed. But the year was generally based on lunar motions, and alterations were made from time to time to adjust the lunar and the solar year. The following is a list of I he Attic months with the number of days in each and approxi- mation to the months o£ our present system : Month. O CO Approxi- matmg to Month. Approxi- matmg to 30 29 30 29 30 39 January. February. March. April. May. June. Hekatombaion Metageitnion 30 89 30 39 80 29 July. August. September. Anthesterion Elaphebolioa Munychion Maimakteriou Poseidon Skirophorion The Julian calendar is the one in use in modern Greece. — Gregor- ian c, the calendar prescribed by Pope Gregory XIII., by which the Julian calendar was modified by calling Oct. 5, 1582, Oct. 15, and con- tinuing the count ten days in advance, and by making the terminal years of the centuries, 1700, 1800, 1900, etc., common years of 365 days, except when the year was a multiple of 400, as 1600, 2000, etc.; the calendar now in use in nearly all Christian countries except Russia and Greece. Called also new style. See Calendar Amendment Act, above. The months are : Month. IS Month. 11 go Month. ^,s 31 28 31 30 May 31 30 31 31 30 February(i) March July 30 31 i}) In leap-years, 29. — Hefere'w c, the calendar of the Jews since the 2d century A.D., reckoning from the assumed date oE the creation, or 3,760 years and 3 mouths before the birth of Christ. Its origin is involved in some obscurity, and it is subject to much change and adjustment by inter- calary methods to accommodate the feasts and fasts and the coinci- dence of certain months with certain seasons, as the identity of the month Abib with the harvest of barley. Its principal periods are the cycle, of 19 years: the year, either ordinary or embolismic, containing; 13 and 13 lunar months respectively, or 353-355 and 383^-385 days ; the month, of 29 or 30 days ; and the intercalary month, occuring only in the embolismic yeai's, and containing 29 days. Each cycle contains 7 embolismic years. The adjustment of the months as above indicated precludes the comparison o£ the Hebrew months with those of the Gregorian calendar except by approximation based on an average. The following gives the results of such an average, with the length of the respective months in days : ■ss-. ill Months. No. of Days. M% m 15 1"^ O .la Approximate respondenc Gregoriau ( endar. 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 8 4 5 C 30 29(2) 30(3) 29 80 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 30ffl 29 30 30 29 30 29 30 29 30 29 October 2 3 4 Hesvan, Mai'chesvan, or Bui November December Tebet w Tebeth January February March 7 April s May 9 Sivan June 10 July 11 Ab August V2 Elul September (1) The additional Adar or intercalary month, p) One day more if required. (3) One day less if required. — Julian c, the calendar prescribed by Julius Csesar. in which three years of 305 days each were always followed by one of 366 days, and the months, after some changes made by Augustus as to their number of days, had the length now adopted in Eiu-ope and America. This calendar is now 12 days behind the Gregorian calendar. Called also old style. — Moliammedan c, the calendar used in Moham- medan countries, reckoning time from July 16, A.D. 622, the day following Mohammed's flight from Mecca to Medina (the Heglra). The year consists of 13 lunar months of a mean duration of 29 days, 12 hours, 44 minutes. A cycle consists of 30 years, of which 19 are ordinary years of 354 days each, and 11 are embolismic, with 355 days. The following list givej the namej and durations of the months : Month. o ? iS 30 29 80 29 Month. la Month. "^1 IS Juraadal'Ula Jumadal= Ukhra. . . Rajab 80 29 SO 29 80 89 Rabiul^Awwal Zul-Qadah Zul-Hijjah 80 liabiul-Akhir. ... Shaban. . . 39C) (') In embolismic years, 30. Hughes Diet, of Mam. — j^ewgate c, see the quotation. The New Newgate Calendar, or Malefactor's Bloody Register, containing Au- thentic and Circumstantial Accounts of the Lives, Transactions, Exploits, Trials, Executions, Dying Speeches, Confessions, And other Curious Particulars, Belating to ail the most notorious Criminals . . . and Violators of the Laws of their Country, who have suffered Death and other Exemplary Punishments, in England, Scotland, and Ireland, from the Commencement of the Year 1700 to the Present Time. Xewgate Calendar title-page. — Repu1>lican or Revolutionary c. (F. Hist.), the calendar instituted on Oct. 5, 1793, by the first French republic, and abolished Dec. 31, 1805. Its scheme divided the year into 12 months of 30 days each, with five (or six) supplementary days {SanscvZottides) at the end of the last month. The months were divided into 8 decades, every tenth day being a day of rest, Sundays being ignored. Provision was made for leap=years by adding a sixth day to the supplementary days whenever necessary to make the year terminate at the equinox, which was generally every fourth year. Each f our»yesir period was termed a franciade. The calendar was retrospective in action, and its first year (Yeai- 1.) began Sept. 22, 1793. The months and their correspond- ing periods in the Gregoriau calendar are as follows : ^endemiaire, Sept. 82 to Oct. 21. Brumaire, Oct. '^^Z to Nov. 20. Frimaire, Nov. 21 to Dec. 20. Nivose, Dec. 21 to Jan. 19. Pluviose, Jan. 20 to Feb. 18. Ventose, Feb. 19 to March 20. Germinal, March 21 to April 19. Floreal, April 20 to May 19. Prairial, May 20 to June IS. Messidor, June 19 to July 18. Thermidor, July 19 to Aug. 17. Fructidor, Aug. 18 to Sept. 16. Sansculottides, Sept. 17 to Sept. 21. — Roman c. The earliest Roman calendar, attributed to Romulus, is supposed to have been based upon a yeaj- of 10 mouths, or 304 days, ilonth. o a an Month. IS Month. 11 Martius 31 30 31 30 Quintilis Sextilis 31 30 30 31 30 Aprilis 30 Jfauis September Junius 3(M Like all lunar calendars, this had to be adjusted by intercalation to correct the difference between the lunar aud solar yeai-s. Nmua inters calated a month called Mercedinus ; this consisted of 23 or 23 davs alternately, and was inserted every second year. Other changes were made by decern viral legislation. Numa also added two months- February and January — which were inserted between December and March, but in 4.t2 B.C. the Decemvirs changed their positions, and placed these months m the order they now occupy. In 46 B C Julius Caesar ordained the Juliau calendar, by which time was measure*! bv most civilized nations till the acoumutation of error necessitated the calendar ™ tl^e Gregorian calendar.— Russian c, the JuUau ^Wl'i,'''''!''''^"".''"'.*""'*"'"'"'""- t^ai'?-] Of orpertalng to a ^".K..t i-- ''*'"AV*'''"';*? ?-al«'»«la«-.vi; kalondariaU.- t.iitnuric, «. Of or pertaining to a caleiidai-. cnlondrical{. Frances E Willard, LL.D.: President, World's VV. C. T. U.: " The Standard Dictionary is undoubtedly one of the great intellectual landmarks of the century, and best of all is, in the highest and most practical sense, up to date," University of Bombay : H. M. BirdWOOD, M.A , LL.t)., Vice-Chancellor, India : " The Standard Dictionary will certainly prove of great and general value in all English-speaking countries, and ought to make any further attempt at dictionary making unnecessary for the next lOO yearsT calendar, «. 1. A collection of monthly astronomical tables for a year ar- ranged by weeks and days, with accompanying data; an almanac. It was so called from the Roman calendse^ the name given to the first day of the month, and written in large letters at the head of each month. Let this pernicious hour Stand aye accursed in the calendar ! Sfiak., Macbeth, Iv. 1. The Egyptians were the first to Institute a sacred calendar, in which every day— almost every hour— had its special religious ceremony. J^aitha of the World^-p. 140. 2. A system of reckoning time, especially the method of fixing the length and divisions of the year.— 3. A table or tables of the days of each month in a year, with their numbers, for use in fixing dates.— 4, A table or catalogue of persons, events, etc., made out in order of time, as a list of saints with the dates of their f^tivals, or of the causes to be tried in a court; specifically, in British universities, a chronological statement of the exercises, lectures, examinations, etc., of a year or of a course of study. The care I have had to even your content, I wish might be found In the calendar of my past endeavours. Skak., All's Well, 1. 3. He keeps a calendar of all the famous dishes of meat that have been in the court ever since our great-grandfather's time. Jieau. and FL, Woman-Hater, i. i. EhadamanthuB, who tries the lighter causes below, leaving to his two brethren the heavy calendars. Lamb, To the Shade of Elllstou, 5t. A guide; anything set up to regulate one's conduct. Kalendar is she To any woman that wol lover be. Chaucer, Good Women, 1. 542. 6. A series of emblematic pictures of the months: a common motive of decoration during the middle ages, in sculpture, painted glass, earthenware tiles, and the like. For each month the zodiacal sign is represented, with one or more persons engaged in labors or sports characteristic of the month. — Calendar-amendmeiit Act, an English statute of 1751, which took effect in 1753, establishing January Ist as the beginning of each year (instead of Lady-day, March 25th), adopting the Gregorian or "new style " in place of the Julian or "old style" calendar, and canceling the then existing excess of 11 days by making the 3d of September, 1753, the 14th. Also known as Loi'd Cfiesterjield's ^ci.— Calendar montli, a solar month as it stands in almanacs.— Calendar moon. Same as ecc^e52as- tical moon {yf\ach see, under ec«rfma«^ica/)-— Ecclesiastical calendar, an arrangement of the civil year employed by the liturgical churches to designate the days set apart for particular religious celebration. As many feasts of the church depend upon Easter, the date of which varies from year to year, either the calendar must vary every year or must contain simply the matter from which a true calendar can be computed for each year. In tne Roman Catholic Church, special circumstances in the history of each nation affect its liturgical calendar; hence every nation, and to some extent every religious order and even every eccle- siastical province, has its own calendar. The German Lutheran Church retained at the Reformation the Roman Catholic calendar, with the saints' days then ob- served. The Church of England still retains in its calendar certain festivals, called black-letter days, for which no service is prescribed, and which have been omitted by the Protestant Episcopal Church of America. See Easier. — Gregorian calendar, the reformed Julian calendar introduced by the bull of Pope Gregory Xni. in Pebmary, 1582, and adopted in England in September. 1753; the "new style " of distributing and naming time. The length of the year of the Gregorian calendar is regulated by the Gregorian rule of intercalation, which is that every year whose number in the common reckoning since Christ is not divisible by 4, as well as every year whose number is divisible by 100 but not by 400, shall have 365 days, and that all other years, namely, those whose numbers are divisible by 400, and those divisible by 4 and not by 100, shall have 366 days. The Gregorian year, or the mean length of the years of the Gregorian calendar, is 365 days, 5 hours 49 minutes, and 12 seconds, and is too long by 26 seconds. The Gregorian rule has sometimes been stated as if the year 4000 and its multiples were to be common years : this, however, is not the rule enunciated by Gregory. The Gregorian cal- endar also regulates th? time of Easter, upon which that of the other movable feasts of the church depend; and this it does by establishing a fictitious moon, which is purposely made to depart from the place of the true moon in order to pre- vent the coincidence of the Christian Paschal feast with that of the Jews. — He- brew^ calendar, the luni-solar calendar used by the Jews since the second century of the Christian era. The years, numbered from the creation, are either ordinary, containing 12 lunar months and 353, 354, or 355 days, or embolismic, con- taining 13 lunar months and 383, 384, or 386 days. In every cycle of 19 years 7 are embolismic, to bring lunar and solar time into agreement. To find the number of the Hebrew year beginning in the course of a given Gregorian year, add 3761 to the number of the latter.— Julian calendar, the solar calendar as adjusted by Julius Ciesar, in which the chronological reckoning was first made definite and invariable, and the average length of the year fixed at 3651^ days. This average year (called the Julian year) being too long by a few minutes, the error was recti- fied in the Gregorian calendar. The Julian calendar, or " old style," is still re- tained in Russia and Greece, whose dates consequently are now 12 days in arrear of those of other Christian countries. — Moliammedan calendar, the lunar calendar employe^ in all Mohammedan countries, though there is another peculiar to Persia. The years consist of 354 or 355 days, in the mean of 354"/ao. The beginning of the year thus retrogrades through different seasons, completing their circuit in about 33 years! They are numbered from the hejira (which see), the first day of the first year being July 16th, a. d. 633. The 130Qth year began Sunday, November 12th, 1882.— Republican calendar, tlie calendar of the first French republic. The year consisted of 365 days, to which a 366th was to be added '* according as th^ position of the equinox requires it," so that the year should always begin at the midnight of the Paris observatory preceding the true autumnal equinox. The numbers of the years were written in Roman numerals. . The year I. oegan September 33d, 1792, hut the calendar was not introduced until October 5th, 1793. Every period of four years was called &francia<^e. The years of 366 days were called sextile. There were 13 months of 30 days each, and five or six extra days at the end called sans-culottides. The names of the months, begin- ning at the autumnal ec[uinox, were Vendemiaire, Brumaire, Primaire, Nivose, Pluviose, Ventose, Germinal, Floreal, Prairial, Messidor, Thermidor, and Fructidor. International. Calendar, n. 1 . An orderly arrangement of the divisions of time, adapted to the purposes of civil life^ as years, months, weeks, and days; also, a register of the year with its divisions; an almanac. 2. (EccL) A tabular statement of the dates of feasts, offices, saints' days, etcesp. of those which are liable to change yearly according to the v^ying dale of Easter. 3. An orderly list or enumeration of persons, thin^, ore venjs; a schedule; as, a (?a^e?i£?ar of state papers; a, calendar of bills presented in a legifelative assembly: a calendar of causes arranged for trial in court; a calendar of a college or an academy. Shepherds of people had 'need know the calendars of tempests of state. Bacon. Calendar clock:, one that shows the days of the week and month. — Cal- endar month. See under Month.— FrencU Republican calendar. See under Vbndemaire.— Gregorian calendar, Julian calendar. Perpetual calendar. See under Gregorian, Julian, and Perpetual. VI. Cloud, as Illustrating Comprehensive Treatment, according to the Method of the Standard, standard* cloud, n. 1. A mass of visible vapor or collection of watery particles floating in the air at various heights. Howard'6 classification, made in 1802, Is: (1) Cirrus: par- allel, flexuous, or diverging fibers, extensible In any or all directions. ^2) Cumulua: convex or conical heaps fncreas- ing upward frpm a horizontal base. (3) Stratus: a widely extended, continuous horizontal sheet Increasing from below. (4) CiKro^'Cumulus: small welUdefined roundish masses in close horizontal arrangement. (5) Cii'ro'Stratus: horizontal or slightly Inclined masses bent downward or undulated: separate or in groups of small clouds. (6) The cirro^st/ratua blended with the cumulus. (,1) CumulO' cirro-stratus or nimbus: the ralnscloud. This classifica- tion has been abandoned by leading meteorologists. Modem classifications are according to height and origin of cloud rather than appearance. Three diflferent systems, marked A, B, and C, are given below: (1) Cirrus, (2) Clrroscnmulus. (3) Cirro=stratus, (4) Alto-cumulus. (5) Altoestratua. (6) Stratoscumulus. (7) Cumulus. (8) Cumulo-nimbus. (9) Nimbus. (10) Stratus. B (1) Highest fine clonds: 9,000 meters, cirrus, cirroa stratus. (3) Fine- weather clouds: (a) 6,500 meters, cirro- cumulus; (6) 4,000 meters, altoacamulus; (c) 2,000 meters, strato-cumulus. (3) Foul-weather forms : (a) 5,000 meters, cirro- stratus; (6) 1,500 meters, nimbus (rain-clouds). (4) Mid-stratus. (5) True cumulus. (6) Cumulo-stratus, C. (1) High clouds: (a) cirrus— hairy-curl cloud; (&) cirro-stratus; (c) cirro- nebula— cirrus haze; (d) clr- ro-filum— cirrus stripes; (e) c I r r o - cumulus— fleecy cloud. (3) Middle clouds: (a) strato -cirrus; (&) cumu- lo = cirrus— low fleecy cloud; (c) festooned cumufo-clr- rus; id) mackerel sky. (3) Low clouds: (a) cumulus — rocky cloud; (6) mammato-cumulus; (c) s t r a t u s ; { d) festooned stratus; (e) strato-cumulus; (/) nimbus. The liqnid particles . . . form a kind of .water-duet of exceeding" fineness, which floats in the air and is called a cloud. Tyndaix Forms of Water § 1, p. 4. [a. '71.] CcHtury. cloud^, «. 1. A collection of visible vapor or watery particles susi)ended in the air at a considerable altitude. A like collection of vapors upon the earth is called fog. The average height of the clouds is estimated at between two and three miles, but it varies at different times of the year. The forms of clouds are indefinitely variable; they are commonly classifled roughly as follows : (a) The cirrus, a cloud somewhat resembling a lock or locks of hair (the caVs-iail of the sailor), consisting of wavy parallel or divergent filaments, generally at a great height m the atmosphere, and spreading indeflnitely. (6) The cumulus, a cloud which assumes the form of dense con- vex or conical heaps, resting on a horizontal base. Also called day or smrnner clmid. (c) The stratus^ also chWq^ faU-ckmd iioTH its lowness, or cloud of night, an extended, continuous, level sheet of cloud, increasing from beneath. These three principal forms produce in combination forms denominated as follows: (d) Cirro- cumulus^ a connected system of small roundish clouds " placed in close order and separated by intervals of sky, often occurring in warm dry weather. Also called mackerel-sky. (e) Cirro-stratus, a horizontal or slightly inclined sheet, attenuated at its circumference, concave downward or undulated. (/) Gumulo-stratus, a cloud in which the structure of the cumulus is mixed with that of the cirro-stratus or cirro-cumulus, the cumulus at the top and overhanging a flattish stratum or base, {g) Nimbus, cumulo-Gi7TO-strattis, or rain-cloud, a dense cloud spreading out into a crown of cirrus and passing beneath into a shower. (A) Globo-cumtilus^ a term ap- plied by Millot to slightly elongated, hemispherical, grayish pockets appearing in the mass of rain-clouds. International. Cloud, n. 1. A collection of visible vapor, or watery particles, suspended in the upper atmosphere. I do set my bow in the cloud. ^. Gen. ix, 13. A Classification of clouds according to-their chief fonns was first proposed by the meteorologist Howard, and this Is still substantially employed. The following varieties and subvarletles are recognized; (a) Cirrusi This is the most elevated of all the forms of clouds; is thin, long-drawn, sometimes looking like carded wool or hair, sometimes lll^e a brush or broom, sometimes in carl-UKo or fleecelike mtches. It is the caVs-tail of the sailor, afid the viare's- l